278
EMC ® ViPR SRM Version 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide P/N 302-002-357 REV 01 DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

 · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

  • Upload
    votuong

  • View
    213

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

EMC® ViPR SRMVersion 3.7

SolutionPack Installation and ConfigurationGuideP/N 302-002-357

REV 01

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Page 2:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Copyright © 2015 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Published in USA.

Published October 16, 2015

EMC believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date. The information is subject to changewithout notice.

The information in this publication is provided as is. EMC Corporation makes no representations or warranties of any kind withrespect to the information in this publication, and specifically disclaims implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for aparticular purpose. Use, copying, and distribution of any EMC software described in this publication requires an applicablesoftware license.

EMC², EMC, and the EMC logo are registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States and othercountries. All other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners.

For the most up-to-date regulatory document for your product line, go to EMC Online Support (https://support.emc.com).

EMC CorporationHopkinton, Massachusetts 01748-91031-508-435-1000 In North America 1-866-464-7381www.EMC.com

DRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

2 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 3:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

11

13

15

Getting started 17

What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18Licenses........................................................................................................19Browse and install.........................................................................................19Reconfigure an installed SolutionPack.......................................................... 21Update SolutionPacks................................................................................... 23Where to find the latest SolutionPack software..............................................23ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privileges.......................................................... 23

SolutionPack for Block Chargeback 31

Overview....................................................................................................... 32Chargeable and Non-Chargeable metrics ...................................................... 32Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................33Running the chargeback preprocessor task manually.................................... 35Limitations ................................................................................................... 36

SolutionPack for Brocade FC Switch 37

Overview....................................................................................................... 38Brocade switch and SMI agent configuration................................................. 39

Configuring Brocade SMI Agents...................................................... 39Configuring Brocade switches for alert consolidation....................... 39Configuring Brocade switches for SNMP........................................... 40

Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................40Passive host discovery configuration options................................................ 42

SolutionPack for Cisco MDS 45

Overview....................................................................................................... 46Performing pre-configuration tasks................................................................46

Known issue with user-defined roles................................................ 47Configuring switches for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c............................................47Configuring switches for SNMPv3.................................................................. 48Configuring Cisco switches for alert consolidation.........................................49Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................49Enabling passive host discovery through Generic-SNMP................................50Enable and edit customized zone naming patterns........................................51Limitations....................................................................................................51

SolutionPack for Cisco UCS 53

Figures

Tables

Preface

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

Chapter 3

Chapter 4

Chapter 5

CONTENTSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide 3

Page 4:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Overview....................................................................................................... 54Configuring the UCS Manager........................................................................54Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................55Importing the new database schema.............................................................56

SolutionPack for Converged Infrastructure 59

Overview....................................................................................................... 60Preparing Converged Infrastructure............................................................... 60Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................60

SolutionPack for EMC Atmos 63

Overview....................................................................................................... 64Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................64Limitations....................................................................................................65

SolutionPack for EMC Centera 67

Overview....................................................................................................... 68Preparing EMC Centera for discovery and data collection...............................68Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................68Limitations....................................................................................................69

SolutionPack for EMC Data Domain 71

Overview....................................................................................................... 72Preparing EMC Data Domain for discovery and data collection.......................72Installing the SolutionPack ...........................................................................72Discover the SNMP Collector......................................................................... 73

SolutionPack for EMC Data Protection Advisor 75

Overview....................................................................................................... 76Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................76Verifying scheduled reports in DPA................................................................77Troubleshooting report generation errors...................................................... 78Limitations....................................................................................................78

SolutionPack for EMC ECS 79

Overview....................................................................................................... 80Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ECS........................................................ 83Remove old ECS hosts from the Physical Host SP.......................................... 85Expand ECS...................................................................................................85Limitations....................................................................................................86

SolutionPack for EMC Host Interface 89

Overview....................................................................................................... 90Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................90Recommendations........................................................................................ 91Limitations....................................................................................................92

Chapter 6

Chapter 7

Chapter 8

Chapter 9

Chapter 10

Chapter 11

Chapter 12

CONTENTSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

4 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 5:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC Isilon 93

Overview....................................................................................................... 94Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................94Updating SolutionPack alert definitions........................................................ 96Limitations....................................................................................................96

SolutionPack for EMC M&R Health 97

Overview....................................................................................................... 98Installing the SolutionPack............................................................................98

SolutionPack for EMC Recoverpoint 101

Overview..................................................................................................... 102Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................102

SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller 105

Overview..................................................................................................... 106Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller..................................... 106

SolutionPack for EMC VMAX 109

Overview..................................................................................................... 110Configuring the access credentials.............................................................. 111Preparing EMC VMAX for discovery and data collection ...............................111

Creating VMAX collectors for discovery of Symmetrix arrays........... 113Solutions Enabler proxy scenario .................................................. 113Configuring VMAX arrays for consolidation of availability alerts......115

Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................116Troubleshooting Discovery Center connectivity failures............................... 119

Viewing the Test button test results................................................119Understanding the test messages.................................................. 121

Updating SolutionPack alert definitions...................................................... 122Configuring Solutions Enabler client access for VMAX................................. 122

Configuring host access................................................................. 123Adding client hosts to existing SYMAUTH configuration..................124Enabling client authorization..........................................................125Validating Symmetrix access controls............................................ 125Limitation: some alerts not displayed.............................................126

Limitations..................................................................................................126

SolutionPack for EMC VNX 127

Overview..................................................................................................... 128Preparing your VNX for discovery and data collection.................................. 129

Configuring simple authentication................................................. 129Unisphere security file authentication............................................ 129Configuring VNX arrays for file storage discovery............................ 130

Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................130Updating SolutionPack alert definitions...................................................... 133Changing VNX object credentials using Discovery Center.............................133Limitations..................................................................................................134

Chapter 13

Chapter 14

Chapter 15

Chapter 16

Chapter 17

Chapter 18

CONTENTSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide 5

Page 6:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEX 137

Overview..................................................................................................... 138Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................139Configure VPLEX SNMP................................................................................141Limitations..................................................................................................141

SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIO 143

Overview..................................................................................................... 144Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIO................................................ 145Limitations..................................................................................................146

SolutionPack for EMC XtremIO 147

Overview..................................................................................................... 148Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................148Limitations..................................................................................................150

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device Manager 151

Overview..................................................................................................... 152Preparing Hitachi Device Manager for discovery and data collection............152Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................153Operational Issues...................................................................................... 155Embedded Performance Collection..............................................................155

Enabling the SMI-S certificate........................................................ 155Restarting the SMI-S provider.........................................................155Enabling performance monitoring in Storage Navigator.................. 156Configuring embedded performance monitoring............................ 156Troubleshooting the Embedded SMI-S Provider..............................157

SolutionPack for HP 3PAR Storeserv 159

Overview..................................................................................................... 160Preparing your system for discovery and data collection..............................160Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................160

SolutionPack for HP EVA 163

Overview..................................................................................................... 164Preparing your HP EVA system for discovery and data collection..................164Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................164

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XP 167

Overview..................................................................................................... 168Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................168Embedded Performance Collection..............................................................170

Enabling the SMI-S certificate........................................................ 171Restarting the SMI-S provider.........................................................171Enabling performance monitoring in Storage Navigator.................. 172Configuring embedded performance monitoring............................ 172Troubleshooting the Embedded SMI-S Provider..............................172

Chapter 19

Chapter 20

Chapter 21

Chapter 22

Chapter 23

Chapter 24

Chapter 25

CONTENTSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

6 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 7:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for IBM DS 175

Overview..................................................................................................... 176Preparing your IBM DS system for discovery and data collection..................176Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................177

SolutionPack for IBM LPARS 179

Overview..................................................................................................... 180Configuring VIO for discovery...................................................................... 180

Configuring sudo for VIO Server and VIO Client host discovery........181Configuring PowerBroker for VIO Server and VIO Client discovery... 182Generating a public and private key pair........................................ 184Importing a private key into the Collector ...................................... 184

Verify adapter IDs in NPIV configuration...................................................... 185Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................185Using Discovery Center to discover the VIO Servers and Clients................... 186Using Discovery Center to discover an HMC................................................. 187SolutionPack Reconfiguration..................................................................... 187

SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/Storwize 189

Overview..................................................................................................... 190Preparing for discovery and data collection................................................. 190Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................191Limitations..................................................................................................192

SolutionPack for IBM XIV 193

Overview..................................................................................................... 194Preparing your IBM XIV system for discovery and data collection................. 194Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................194Limitations..................................................................................................196Known problems ........................................................................................ 196

SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V 199

Overview..................................................................................................... 200Configuring credentials for SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V....................200Requirements for data collection.................................................................200Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................201Using a test script to query WMI objects...................................................... 202

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL Server 203

Technical Specifications..............................................................................204Where to find the latest SolutionPack software............................................205User privilege requirements for SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL...................205Configuring the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL with an unprivileged account................................................................................................................... 206Installing the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL.............................................. 206Confirming report creation...........................................................................208Limitations for Microsoft SQL Server............................................................208Troubleshooting ......................................................................................... 208

What to do if data does not appear in reports.................................208Running a scheduled task to import data into reports.....................209

Chapter 26

Chapter 27

Chapter 28

Chapter 29

Chapter 30

Chapter 31

CONTENTSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide 7

Page 8:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log files.............. 210

SolutionPack for NetApp Filer 211

Overview..................................................................................................... 212Configuring access credentials....................................................................212Preparing NetApp Filer for discovery and data collection..............................213Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................213Supported use cases and limitations.......................................................... 214

SolutionPack for Oracle Database 217

Overview..................................................................................................... 218Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................218Topology for the SolutionPack for Oracle Database......................................220Configuring the SolutionPack with an unprivileged account.........................220Discovery Center requirements....................................................................221Configuring sudo rights for ASM scripts....................................................... 221Limitations..................................................................................................222

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL Database 223

Overview..................................................................................................... 224Technical Specifications..............................................................................224Where to find the latest SolutionPack software............................................224Installing the SolutionPack .........................................................................225Confirming report creation...........................................................................225Troubleshooting ......................................................................................... 226

What to do if data does not appear in any reports.......................... 226What to do if data does not appear in some reports....................... 227Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log files.............. 227

SolutionPack for Physical Hosts 229

Overview..................................................................................................... 230Preparing your hosts for discovery and data collection................................ 230

Guidelines for hostnames and IP addresses...................................230Guidelines for SNIA libraries and HBA drivers................................. 230Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection........231Unix host configuration for discovery and data collection...............242Configuring ESX hosts to collect PowerPath metrics....................... 248Configuring hosts to collect PowerPath metrics.............................. 249

Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................250Adding hosts as part of groups in Discovery Center..................................... 251SolutionPack reconfiguration...................................................................... 252Recommendations...................................................................................... 253Limitations..................................................................................................253

SolutionPack for Storage Compliance 255

Overview..................................................................................................... 256Where to find the latest SolutionPack software............................................256Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................256

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdom 259

Chapter 32

Chapter 33

Chapter 34

Chapter 35

Chapter 36

Chapter 37

CONTENTSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

8 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 9:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Overview..................................................................................................... 260Preparing VI VirtualWisdom.........................................................................260

Connecting to multiple VirtualWisdom Portal Servers..................... 261Installing the SolutionPack..........................................................................262

SolutionPack for VMware vCenter 265

Overview..................................................................................................... 266Configuring the SolutionPack to collect Powerpath data.............................. 266Installing this SolutionPack.........................................................................267Post-install requirements............................................................................ 269Limitations..................................................................................................269

Discovery Center 271

Adding devices to discovery groups............................................................ 272

Troubleshooting 275

Confirming report creation...........................................................................276What to do if data does not appear in any reports........................................276

Running a scheduled task to import data into reports.....................276What to do if data does not appear in some reports.....................................276

Searching for metrics in the database............................................ 277External storage capacity is counted more than once in capacity reports..... 277Authorization fails for passwords having special characters........................ 277Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log files........................... 277

Chapter 38

Chapter 39

Chapter 40

CONTENTSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide 9

Page 10:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CONTENTSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

10 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 11:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Sample sudoers file for Linux OS................................................................................. 182Verify that the host is ready for discovery with HTTP.....................................................237Set Negotiate authtype................................................................................................ 237Verify that the host is ready for discovery with HTTPS...................................................238Set Negotiate authtype................................................................................................ 238Set non-admin user..................................................................................................... 238Sample sudoers file for Linux OS................................................................................. 245ESX PowerPath metrics collection................................................................................ 249

12345678

FIGURESDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide 11

Page 12:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

FIGURESDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

12 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 13:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels...................................................................23Shared disk with no storage used ................................................................................. 33Shared disk with some storage used............................................................................. 33Sample zone naming patterns....................................................................................... 43Sample output of show snmp user command................................................................ 48Sample zone naming patterns....................................................................................... 51Known problems..........................................................................................................196End-to-end capacity use cases.....................................................................................205Supported use cases and limitations...........................................................................214Allowed discovery types.............................................................................................. 232Host Configuration utility command options................................................................ 236

1234567891011

TABLESDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide 13

Page 14:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

TABLESDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

14 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 15:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Preface

Note

For the latest ViPR SRM documentation, go to the EMC Community Network.

Related documentationThe following EMC publications provide additional ViPR SRM information and areavailable on EMC Online Support:

l ViPR SRM 3.6 SP3 SolutionPack Release NotesThis publication contains known issues and supplemental information for eachSolutionPack.

l M&R 6.5u3 Release NotesThis publication contains known issues and supplemental information related to theM&R platform, which provides the foundation for ViPR SRM.

l ViPR SRM 3.6 SP3 Support MatrixThis publication lists SolutionPack compatibility, prerequisites, data collectioninterfaces, and ports.

Your commentsYour suggestions will help us continue to improve the accuracy, organization, and overallquality of the user publications. Send your opinions of this document to SRMDocumentation.

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide 15

Page 16:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

PrefaceDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

16 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 17:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 1

Getting started

l What are SolutionPacks?.......................................................................................18l Licenses................................................................................................................19l Browse and install.................................................................................................19l Reconfigure an installed SolutionPack...................................................................21l Update SolutionPacks........................................................................................... 23l Where to find the latest SolutionPack software......................................................23l ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privileges...................................................................23

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Getting started 17

Page 18:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

What are SolutionPacks?Understand the role of SolutionPacks in the ViPR SRM product and gain a high-levelunderstanding of how they are licensed, installed, reconfigured, and updated.

A SolutionPack is an installable application that provides data collection and reportingcapabilities for specific entities in your infrastructure. The SolutionPacks support EMCstorage systems along with many common third-party storage infrastructure components.

The SolutionPacks provide asset-specific support to an enterprise installation. Yourorganization purchases licenses to provide visibility into only those assets that exist inits installed infrastructure.

With a new installation, most SolutionPacks are initially available for you to try for 30days using a trial license. You can obtain a permanent license that enables any numberand combination of available SolutionPacks in your environment.

After a SolutionPack is installed, its reports are available in the Report Library node in theUser Interface report tree. Here are some possible nodes in the Report Library. Eachasset-specific node contains many pre-defined reports to support that asset type.

ViPR SRM discovers and collects data on hosts, hypervisors, and switches, as well asEMC and third-party storage devices. Global dashboards and reports roll up data from theSolutionPacks into holistic views and reports such as end-to-end topology views, pathdetails, capacity reports, and explore views. Global dashboards and reports include datafor EMC VMAX, VNX, VNXe3200, CLARiiON, Celerra, VPLEX, XtremIO, HDS, IBM XIV, HPStorageWorks P9000, and NetApp storage. ViPR SRM offers support for hosts,

Getting startedDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

18 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 19:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

hypervisors, switches, and arrays using SolutionPacks that provide in-depth reporting forthe individual objects. Most of the available SolutionPack data is rolled up into the globalreports and dashboards, although not all are included. As EMC normalizes theSolutionPack data, EMC will continue to add data from those SolutionPacks to the globalreports and dashboard views.

LicensesYou must have a license to install SolutionPacks.

With the installation of ViPR SRM, all SolutionPacks are initially available for you to try for30 days using a trial license.

A permanent license can enable any number and combination of SolutionPacks for anenvironment.

To add SolutionPacks to an initial license, see your EMC Account representative. They canhelp issue temporary licenses for evaluation purposes or set up the sale of additionalSolutionPacks. New entitlements are added to the existing license. To obtain the updatedlicense, download it from the license portal.

Browse and installYou can browse SolutionPacks before installing them to learn more about what each onemonitors and the kinds of reports and dashboards that it provides.

Procedure

1. To browse SolutionPacks:

a. Log in to the Console and click Administration in the banner.

b. Click Centralized Management in the navigation tree (the left pane).

c. Click SOLUTIONPACK CENTER in the menu area at the top of the page.

A list of available SolutionPacks appears.

Getting startedDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Licenses 19

Page 20:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

d. Click a SolutionPack name.

A page opens describing the SolutionPack and its reports. Notice the install buttonat the bottom of the page.

2. To prepare to install a new SolutionPack:

a. Make sure that you have a license.

b. Obtain the Summary Sheet for the SolutionPack from the EMC Community page at https://community.emc.com/.

Each Summary Sheet describes installation and configuration steps for integratinga particular SolutionPack into an installed ViPR SRM environment.

Getting startedDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

20 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 21:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

3. To install a new SolutionPack:

a. Navigate to the SolutionPack page as described in Step 1.

b. Click Install on the description page to start the installation.

c. Continue by following instructions in the Summary Sheet.

Reconfigure an installed SolutionPackYou can change the configuration options that are initially set during a SolutionPackinstallation.

To reconfigure a SolutionPack:

Procedure

1. Log in to the Console and click Administration in the banner.

2. Click Centralized Management in the navigation tree (the left pane).

A new browser tab opens.

3. Click SolutionPacks in the new navigation tree.

A list of installed SolutionPacks appears.

4. Click or select a SolutionPack name that you want to reconfigure.

A summary description of the SolutionPack opens, including a list of configuredcomponents associated with that SolutionPack.

Getting startedDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Reconfigure an installed SolutionPack 21

Page 22:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

5. Click Edit (the pencil icon) next to a component to access its configuration screen.

6. Change any of the settings on the resulting screen.

7. Click Reconfigure, and then Ok.

Results

The SolutionPack is reconfigured to use the new settings.

Getting startedDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

22 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 23:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Update SolutionPacksYou can configure ViPR SRM to automatically download updates and enhancements toSolutionPacks.

The Online Update feature helps you to quickly take advantage of new capabilities asthey are provided in each SolutionPack. You can configure, enable, and disableautomatic downloads of SolutionPack updates. You can also see currently availabledownloads and download history.

To access the Online Update feature:

Procedure

1. Log in to the Console, and click Administration in the banner.

2. Click Centralized Management in the navigation tree (the left pane).

3. Click CONFIGURATION > ONLINE UPDATE in the banner.

4. For more information, see the ViPR SRM article "Automate the Download of Updates."

Where to find the latest SolutionPack softwareInstall the latest core software update for your product suite. SolutionPacks distributedwith core software have a 30-day free evaluation period. If you plan to use the softwarelonger than 30 days, you must install a SolutionPack license before the trial period ends.

This 30-day free evaluation only applies to new installations and is not available forupgraded installations. If you upgrade the core software and want to try a newSolutionPack, you must request a license for that SolutionPack by completing a SupportRequest (SR) form, which is available on the EMC Online Support website at http://support.emc.com.

ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilegesThe following table provides the privilege levels that are required to install and operateSolutionPacks.

Table 1 ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels

SolutionPack Privilege level

SolutionPack for Brocade FC Switch SMI-S:

Getting startedDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Update SolutionPacks 23

Page 24:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 1 ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels (continued)

SolutionPack Privilege level

l For SMI-S, any user having SAN System administratorprivileges and having access to all Fabrics.

SNMP:

l For SNMP v1/v2c, configure SNMP community string.

l For SNMP v3, configure an SNMP v3 user name.

SolutionPack for Cisco MDS/Nexus For SNMP v1/v2c, configure SNMP community string.

For SNMP v3, configure an SNMP v3 user name.

SolutionPack for Cisco UCS “Role-read-only” role is sufficient for the SolutionPack towork properly. We recommend to create a new dedicated“service account” for SolutionPack integration.

SolutionPack for ConvergedInfrastructure

Log in to UIM (using UIM credentials) from withinWatch4Net. The credentials will be re-used in the form ofa Ticket Granting Ticket (CAS TGT) until it expires. Thisexpiration interval is configurable on the UIM server bythe administrator. The default duration period is 2 hours.

One instance of UIM/P and one instance of UIM/O shouldbe used as a set. Add UIM/P to UIM/O as a data source.

If you use UIM’s default Self Signed SSL Certificates, thenthey must be installed or added to the exception in thebrowsers prior to using this Solution Pack. Otherwise, youcannot view reports from UIM.

SolutionPack for EMC Atmos Atmos System Management Console

l SysAdmin Level

l TenantAdmin on each Tenant that the user wants tocollect data.

Atmos Cloud Delivery Platform

l Admin level access to management nodes.

l Admin level access to authentication nodes.

SolutionPack for EMC Centera The minimum profile privileges needed for data collectionare:

l The only required roles are "Accesscontrol" and"Monitor".

l The "Granted Rights" only need to be set to "read" (r).

The installation of the Centera collection services on aWindows host requires Administrator privileges. But thereis a workaround described in KnowledgeBase article188584 that will allow the post-install running of theseservices as a non-Administrator user.

Getting startedDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

24 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 25:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 1 ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels (continued)

SolutionPack Privilege level

SolutionPack for EMC Data Domain No user authentication required. ViPR SRM will extract thedata using SNMP "V2C" with the community string as"Public."

SolutionPack for EMC Data ProtectionAdvisor

DPA user needs a custom role with Manage ScheduledReports privileges enabled on DPA server.Enabling the Manage Scheduled Reports will also enableRun reports and View existing scheduled reports andschedules. These privileges are sufficient for the DPASolutionPack to pull data from DPA server.

SolutionPack for EMC Host Interface Privileges are controlled by the configuration of the hostagent. No special privileges are required for a host to bediscovered.

SolutionPack for EMC Isilon Collection will work with root/admin users who haveadministrative privileges. Collection also works for a non-admin user that is a member of the AuditAdmin role. Thisrole has mostly READ ONLY privileges.

SolutionPack for EMC RecoverPoint Under technical review.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAX For ViPR SRM to collect all masking views whenSymmetrix Access Control (symacl) is enabled, theSolutions Enabler host must be added to an AccessGroup which has Access Type "BASE" and "VLOGIX" to alldevices.

For ViPR SRM to collect all masking views whenSymmetrix Authorization (symauth) is enabled the userperforming the collection only needs the Monitor role.

IMPORTANT: symauth "Monitor" role only works toretrieve all masking views with latest Solutions Enabler7.6.2.25 (hotfix 1843/service alert 1708). Older versionsof Solutions Enabler 7.6.2 (ex. 7.6.2.8 which wasrequired in ViPR SRM 3.5 release) required "StorageAdmin" or "Admin" role in order to retrieve all maskingviews.

Windows-based collector host running VMAX SolutionPack and using "remote" SYMAPI Server:

l The Windows "System" account runs the Collectorservice which performs the VMAX collection

l The Windows "System" account therefore executesthe SYMCLI commands to get the masking view.

l In order for symauth to retrieve all masking views thecollector hosts's "System" user account must at leasthave the "Monitor" role authorized. Again, thisassumes Solutions Enabler 7.6.2.25 or higher isinstalled

Getting startedDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privileges 25

Page 26:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 1 ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels (continued)

SolutionPack Privilege level

l Otherwise if an older 7.6.2 Solutions Enabler isinstalled then "Storage Admin" or "Admin" role wouldbe required.

Linux-based collector host running VMAX SolutionPack:

l The "apg" user account runs the Collector servicewhich performs the VMAX collection

l The "apg" user therefore executes the SYMCLIcommands to get the masking views

l In order for symauth to retrieve all masking views theSRM ViPR Linux collector hosts's "apg" user accountmust at least have the "Monitor" role authorized.Again, this assumes Solutions Enabler 7.6.2.25 orhigher is installed

l Otherwise, if an older 7.6.2 Solutions Enabler isinstalled, then "Storage Admin" or "Admin" rolewould be required.

SolutionPack for EMC VNX VNX Block -- User with Operator role or higher. NOTE: Ifthe user only has the Operator role and you run the status"Test" from Discovery Center, the "statistics logging" testwill always fail. To confirm Statistics Logging is enabled,you should login to Unisphere as a user withAdministrator privileges. Once Statistics Logging isenabled, the Operartor user will be able to collectperformance data from the array.

VNX File -- A local user for file with Operator role or higher.The "CLI access allowed" check box must be checked.

SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller Set the following roles in the Virtual Data Center

l System Monitor - Retrieves metering and monitoringrecords for the Virtual Data Center.

l System Auditor - Retrieves audit logs for the VirtualData Center.

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEX Use the management CLI and the Linux shell account tonavigate on the management station. The service accountthat is used by default is both a Linux account and a CLIaccount.

From the perspective of the management CLI, the serviceuser is not read-only, because you can perform someprovisioning operations on the VPLEX, although it doesnot have full administrative capabilities.

From the perspective of the Linux shell, the serviceaccount is a regular user account so you cannot dooperations that require root privilege.

For a non-service account, follow these additional stepsonce the user has been created. This is assuming the

Getting startedDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

26 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 27:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 1 ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels (continued)

SolutionPack Privilege level

SolutionPack is already installed using the serviceaccount. If it is being installed for the first time with anon-service user, you do not need this procedure.

1. Change the permission to the virt-volumes folder withfollowing command: chmod g+w virt-volumes // run under /var/log/Vplex/cli/w4

2. Reconfigure the VPLEX SolutionPack with thealternate account

SolutionPack for EMC M&R Health N/A

SolutionPack for EMC XtremIO Non-admin account with read-only privileges.

SolutionPack for Hitachi DeviceManager

Non-privileged account with rights to view all.

SolutionPack for HP 3PAR StoreServ Non-privileged account with rights to view all.

SolutionPack for HP EVA Admin rights are required.

SolutionPack for HP StorageWorksP9000

Non-privileged account with rights to view all.

SolutionPack for IBM DS Under technical review.

SolutionPack for IBM LPAR HMC credentials

l User role or Operator (recommended), or HMC Viewer(minimum).

l Refer to table 4 at http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/powersys/v3r1m5/index.jsp?topic=%2Fipha1%2Fhmctasksanduserroles.htm

SolutionPack for IBM SAN VolumeController/Storwize

All the performance, topology and capacity metrics aresupported for a user who is a member of the"Administrator" user group. Performance data such asCPU usage, Port traffic statistics of non-configurationnodes are not supported for a user who is not a memberof the "Administrator" user group.

SolutionPack for IBM XIV Discovery works with Read Only, Storage Administrator,Application Administrator access.

Read Only is the minimum required.

Note

Due to limitations with the IBM software, discovery usingthe LDAP users will not happen if there is no active IBMXIV GUI user session, either by the corresponding LDAPuser or a stroage administrator.

SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V Admin rights are required in order to run unsignedPowerShell scripts.

Getting startedDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privileges 27

Page 28:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 1 ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels (continued)

SolutionPack Privilege level

In order to do this, you must run the following commandas an administrative user:

PowerShell -C Set-ExecutionPolicyUnrestrictedOn Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 and MicrosoftWindows Server 2012 Hyper-V hosts, the domainadministrative user must use be member of domaingroup Domain Admins. In other words, is not enough tomake a domain user member of local groupAdministrators in Hyper-V hosts.

On Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 and MicrosoftWindows Server 2012 Hyper-V hosts, the WMI queries canbe performed only using the build-in Administrator localuser. Any other local administrative local user will beunable to perform the queries because the UAC controls.

On Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2012 and Microsoft WindowsServer 2012 Hyper-V hosts, is possible to collect datausing a non-administrative local or domain user. Thisuser must be member of local groups Hyper-VAdministrators and Performance Log Users groups.Unfortunately, this will not possible in Microsoft Hyper-VServer 2008 R2 and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2.

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL Server l SQL authentication requires that the user be amember of the SYSADMIN group

l Windows user account requires the user be amember of the Guests group or the Domain Guestsgroup

l The default database must be the master

l Windows user account must be imported into theMicrosoft SQL Server with settings similar to these:

n Server roles of public

n Securable grants for Connect SQL, View anydefinitions, and View server state

SolutionPack for NetApp Filer SSH connection to the 7-Mode NetApp devices with thefollowing role:

l login-ssh, cli-stats*, cli-snap*, cli-aggr*, cli-vol*, cli-disk*, cli-nfs*, cli-cifs*, cli-df, cli-sysconfig, cli-ifconfig, cli-qtree, cli-quota, cli-storage, cli-maxfiles,cli-echo, cli-lun, cli-fcp

SSH connection to the C-Mode NetApp devices with thefollowing role:

l Access level 'readonly' for the commands : volume,df, lun, storage, statistics, network, vserver, cluster,sleep, snapmirror

Getting startedDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

28 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 29:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 1 ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privilege levels (continued)

SolutionPack Privilege level

l Access level 'all' for the commands: set, system

SolutionPack for Oracle Database The Watch4net collector must connect to each instance ofOracle databases and perform SQL queries. You can useeither an administrator equivalent system account, orcreate a dedicated system account for the collector. If youwant to use the last option, ask the DBA administrator torun the query described in the SolutionPack for Oraclechapter.

This will create a "watch4net" account, which specificgrant for the Watch4net collector.

SolutionPack for Physical Hosts Windows user privileges

l Domain user in the local administrator's group(recommended), or

l Local administrator for the host.

UNIX user privileges

l Sudo user with read/execute permissions forcommands, or

l SSH public/private key pair with execute permissionfor commands.

Refer to the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts chapter formore information.

VIO server

l SUDO user role with elevated (root) privileges toexecute commands to be run on the VIOS host.

l Note: The padmin role is not required for VIO Servers.

VIO Client/LPAR

l SUDO user role (or)

l SSH Keys (or)

l root user (optional)

SolutionPack for Storage Compliance(The compliance rules support all thesupported Hosts, ESX, VMs, HDS, IBMXIV, EMC arrays (VMAX and VNX), andBrocade and Cisco fabrics.)

N/A

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdom Windows Administrator privileges are required to installthe VI proxy software.

SolutionPack for VMware vCenter Discovery works with read-only non-admin user.

Getting startedDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

ViPR SRM and SolutionPack privileges 29

Page 30:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Getting startedDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

30 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 31:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 2

SolutionPack for Block Chargeback

l Overview............................................................................................................... 32l Chargeable and Non-Chargeable metrics .............................................................. 32l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................33l Running the chargeback preprocessor task manually............................................ 35l Limitations ........................................................................................................... 36

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Block Chargeback 31

Page 32:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Block Chargeback provides visibility into block storage usage andassociated costs by host or by defined groups of hosts in your environment.

When you install the SolutionPack, it creates a chargeback preprocessor task that runs asscheduled and collects block chargeback metrics for all physical hosts and virtualmachines. Primary Used, Primary Presented, Total Used, and Total Presented are the fouruse cases. The reports display chargeable capacities and cost for every physical host,virtual machine, Hypervisor cluster and defined device group for each of these use cases.The reports also display chargeable capacity by service level.

The block chargeback reports are available under Reports Library > Chargeback and alsounder Explore > Storage > More Reports > Chargeback by Host and Dashboards > Storage >Chargeback by Group.

Main reports

Chargeback by Host > Chargeback by Host/HypervisorsShows the Primary Used Chargeable, Primary Presented Chargeable, Total UsedChargeable, and Total Presented Chargeable capacity and cost for each host orhypervisor.

Chargeback by Host > Chargeback by Virtual MachinesShows the Primary Used Chargeable, Primary Presented Chargeable, Total UsedChargeable, and Total Presented Chargeable capacity and cost for each virtualmachine.

Chargeback by Host > Chargeback by Hypervisor ClusterShows the Primary Used Chargeable, Primary Presented Chargeable, Total UsedChargeable, and Total Presented Chargeable capacity and cost for all HypervisorClusters.

Chargeback by GroupsShows the Primary Used Chargeable, Primary Presented Chargeable, Total UsedChargeable, and Total Presented Chargeable capacity and cost for groups of hosts.

Chargeable and Non-Chargeable metricsThis SolutionPack can generate both Chargeable and Non-Chargeable metrics. Non-Chargeable metrics are optional, and you must decide whether to enable them.

If storage is not shared among hosts, there is no difference in Chargeable and Non-Chargeable metric values.

The values are different when multiple hosts share a storage disk.

l Non-chargeable metrics are the values as seen on the disk. The same values areduplicated for each of the hosts, without regard for how many hosts are sharing it.

l Chargeable metrics take the sharing into account, and divide the metrics by thenumber of hosts that are sharing it. The metrics are deduplicated, making themsuitable for chargeback.

ExamplesIf two hosts are sharing 500GB of block storage on the same disk, and none of thatstorage is used yet, the capacity metrics are as follows.

SolutionPack for Block ChargebackDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

32 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 33:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 2 Shared disk with no storage used

Metric name Host A - Disk1 Host B - Disk1

Non-Chargeable Presented(= total capacity of the disk)

500GB 500GB

Non-Chargeable Used( = used capacity of the disk)

0 0

Chargeable Presented( = total capacity of the disk ÷ # hosts sharing it)

250GB 250GB

Chargeable Used(= used capacity of the disk ÷ # hosts sharing it)

0 0

Now assume that Host A uses 100GB of this storage. The capacity metrics are now asfollows.

Table 3 Shared disk with some storage used

Metric name Host A - Disk1 Host B - Disk1

Non-Chargeable Presented(= total capacity of the disk)

500GB 500GB

Non-Chargeable Used(this has changed from 0 to 100 GB)

100GB 100GB

Chargeable Presented( = total capacity of the disk ÷ # hosts sharing it)

250GB 250GB

Chargeable Used(= used capacity of the disk ÷ # hosts sharing it)

50GB 50GB

Installing the SolutionPackBefore you begin

l Identify the collector host to use for this SolutionPack.

l Identify the chargeback use case that you are interested in. Possible options are:

n Presented—Only presented chargeback capacity and cost metrics are computed.Presented capacity is based on the total capacity provisioned to the host but notnecessarily written.

n Used—Only used chargeback capacity and cost metrics are computed. Usedcapacity is based on the actual capacity used by the host.

n Both (Default)—Both used and presented chargeback and cost metrics arecomputed.

l Identify whether or not non-chargeable capacity and cost metrics are needed. If theEnable non-chargeable metrics option is enabled, non-chargeable metrics arecreated in addition to the chargeable metrics. Non-chargeable metrics are key-performance indicators of storage, showing the capacities and cost for the storagebefore deduplication is applied for the hosts sharing that storage.

SolutionPack for Block ChargebackDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 33

Page 34:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l Identify whether or not collection of component level chargeback metrics are needed.If the creation of component level chargeable metrics option is enabled, chargebackmetrics are collected for every constituent component of the host or the virtualmachine (including host devices, RDMs and VMDK/log files).

Note

Enabling this feature causes a significant increase in metrics produced and mayresult in the need for additional backends in larger environments.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically. Make sure that the preprocessor component is installed on thecollector that was identified for this purpose

8. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

9. From the How often should the chargeback calculations run? drop-down menu, selectthe desired frequency for the chargeback preprocessor task.

The default value is every 6 hours. The other options available are once every day,once every 2 days, and once every 5 days.

10.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

11.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

12.Select Use advanced settings to configure various options.

a. From the Compute Chargeback for Use-case drop-down menu, select one of theoptions based on what was identified earlier.

By default, both Used and Presented chargeback metrics are collected.

b. Check or uncheck the Enable non-chargeable metrics option based on what wasidentified earlier.

This option is not enabled by default.

If this option is enabled, the non-chargeable capacity and cost metrics are createdin addition to the chargeable metrics. Non-chargeable metrics are key-

SolutionPack for Block ChargebackDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

34 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 35:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

performance indicators of storage, showing the capacities and cost for the storagebefore deduplication is applied for the hosts sharing that storage.

c. Check or uncheck the Enable component level chargeable metrics option basedon what was identified earlier.

This option is not enabled by default.

If this option is enabled, chargeback metrics are collected for every constituentcomponent of the host or the virtual machine (including host devices, RDMs, andVMDK/log files).

Note

Enabling this feature causes a significant increase in metrics produced and mayresult in the need for additional backends in larger environments.

13.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

14.Click Install.

15.Click OK when the installation is complete.

After you finish

Chargeback reports are available under Reports Library > Chargeback and also underExplore > Storage > More Reports > Chargeback by Host and Dashboards > Storage >Chargeback by Group.

The reports are empty immediately after the SolutionPack is installed. They startdisplaying data only after the chargeback preprocessor task completes successfully. Thistask runs using the schedule selected during installation.

Chargeback data is affected by user configuration changes in Centralized Management >Groups Management, such as changes to service level tags and user-defined groupdefinitions. In general, expect to wait one day plus the frequency of the chargeback taskto see reconfigured chargeback data after such changes.

To shorten these wait times somewhat, wait for data collection to occur and then you canmanually run the chargeback preprocessor task. For example, if the chargebackpreprocessor task is scheduled to run every 5 days, wait the one day for data to settleand then manually run the task.

Running the chargeback preprocessor task manuallyYou can run the chargeback preprocessor task manually rather than waiting for thescheduled run

Procedure

1. Go to Administration > Centralized Management > Scheduled Tasks.

2. Expand the Chargeback node.

3. Select the chargeback processor instance. The default instance name ischargeback-processor-generic-chargeback.

4. In the right pane, click Run Now.

SolutionPack for Block ChargebackDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Running the chargeback preprocessor task manually 35

Page 36:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Limitationsl When you upgrade from a previous version to ViPR SRM 3.7, the SolutionPack for

Block Chargeback is not installed by default and the old chargeback reports are notavailable. You need to install the SolutionPack for Block Chargeback to obtainchargeback reports.

l Hosts that are not completely discovered and hosts with only local disks do not showup in chargeback reports.

l Delegation of chargeable capacities to host disk capacity when the backend array isnot discovered is not supported for passive hosts nor for Windows hosts discoveredthrough the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts using a user with non-admin privileges.

l This SolutionPack does not support chargeback reporting for:

n Microsoft Hyper-V

n Virtual Machines where the datastore on which the VM resides is backed by BOTHa LUN and a virtual volume

n Virtual Machines where the datastore on which the VM resides is backed by BOTHa local virtual volume and a remote virtual volume

n Virtual volumes backed by RAID 1 (mirrored) LUNs

n Hosts with disks that are backed by a distributed virtual volume if any of thearrays contributing to the storage of that distributed virtual volume areundiscovered

SolutionPack for Block ChargebackDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

36 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 37:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 3

SolutionPack for Brocade FC Switch

l Overview............................................................................................................... 38l Brocade switch and SMI agent configuration......................................................... 39l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................40l Passive host discovery configuration options........................................................ 42

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Brocade FC Switch 37

Page 38:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Brocade FC Switch accesses performance data information that wasautomatically collected and interpreted (using resource grouping and mathematicalcalculations) from across multiple fabrics. Alerts are consolidated from Brocade FCSwitches and shown on the All Alerts Console

Data collection methods

Note

Choose one of the options below. Do not use both options simultaneously.

SMI-S OnlyDiscover switch topology, performance and zoning details through SMI-S.

SNMP + SMI-S (Zoning only through SMI-S)Discover switch topology and performance metrics through SNMP. SNMP does notsupport zoning discovery. Restrict SMI-S discovery to zoning details only.

Main reports

FC Switches SummaryOverviews the FC switches, including key indicators such as name, IP addresses,firmware version, and operational status.

# FC Ports with ErrorsReports the FC ports with errors, such as invalid CRCs, signal losses, or link failures.

Fabrics Overall HealthReports the current operational status of the switch.

Inventory & PerformanceReports Inter-Switch-Link (ISL) trunking resource usage. ISL monitoring helpsadministrators determine the sources of traffic on ISLs and identify potential pointsof congestion in the SAN fabric.

Throughput by Switches (/s)Reports the Throughput by switches. Typically, this is the sum of throughput for allFC ports belonging to a switch.

Throughput by Port Type (/s)Reports the Throughput by port type. Typically, this is the sum of throughput of all FCports of each port type on the switches.

Traffic by Domains (/s)Reports the Throughput by domains. Typically, this is the sum of throughput for allFC ports belonging to switches regarding the domain id.

Situation To WatchHighlights risk situations such as FC ports errors.

Virtual FabricsReports the virtual Fabrics configured on all switches available in the environment

Recommendations on using SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchThe recommended discovery approach is to use SMI-S only data collection (in both freshdeployment of ViPR SRM 3.6 and upgrade from previous versions to 3.6).SNMP + SMI-S (Zoning only through SMI-S) data collection is supported for backwardcompatibility with previous versions and will be deprecated in a future release.

SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

38 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 39:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Brocade switch and SMI agent configurationYou must configure Brocade switches and SMI agents for discovery and alertconsolidation in ViPR SRM.

l Configuring Brocade SMI Agents on page 39

l Configuring Brocade switches for alert consolidation on page 39

l Configuring Brocade Switches for SNMP on page 40

Configuring Brocade SMI AgentsInstall and configure Brocade SMI agent for complete switch discovery (if you chooseSMI-S Only discovery option) or zoning discovery only (if you choose the SNMP+SMI-Sdiscovery option).

Procedure

1. Install Brocade SMI agent in one of the following modes:

Installation mode Description

Integrated Brocade SMIAgent

The Brocade SMI agent is integrated with CMCNE, BNA,CMDCE, DCFM and gets installed when you install anyof these products.

Brocade SMI Agent only(headless installation)

Headless installation (silent mode installation) doesnot need a license and installs the SMI agent only.

Refer to the CMCNE/CMDCE installation guide for more details on installation andconfiguration of Brocade SMI agent.

Configuring Brocade switches for alert consolidationUse the snmpConfig command to forward SNMP v1 traps from Brocade switches toViPR SRM.

Trap-based alerts for Brocade switches are supported through SNMP regardless of thediscovery option you choose. In other words, even if you choose the SMI-S Only discoveryapproach, configure the switches for SNMP trap forwarding.

Use the snmpConfig command to forward SNMP v1 traps from Brocade switches to ViPRSRM.

Procedure

1. Log into the Brocade FC switch as the administrator.

2. Type snmpConfig ––set snmpv1 , and press Enter.

3. Type the following details, when prompted:

Option Input

Community [public]

SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Brocade switch and SMI agent configuration 39

Page 40:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Option Input

Trap recipient's IP address The ViPR SRM trap recipient IP which, in a single vAppinstallation is the ViPR SRM IP, and in a distributedenvironment, is the Backend server's IP.

Trap recipient severitylevel

(0..5)

Trap recipient port 2041, which is the ViPR SRM trap listening port.

4. If you have multiple Brocade FC switches in your storage environment, repeat thisprocedure on each switch.

Configuring Brocade switches for SNMP

Brocade switches have to be configured with SNMP v1/v2c/v3 credentials if you chooseSNMP+SMI-S (zoning only through SMI-S) discovery option.

Procedure

1. Launch a command line interface for the Brocade switch and log in with Administratorcredentials.

2. Perform the following steps to configure the switch for SNMPv1/v2c:

a. Type snmpConfig --show snmpv1The community strings will be listed.

b. If you wish to change a community string, type snmpConfig --set snmpv1c. Enter the new community string and proceed.

3. Perform the following steps to configure the switch for SNMPv3:

a. Type snmpConfig --show snmpv3.

The configuration parameters will be listed.

b. If you wish to change the parameters, type snmpConfig --set snmpv3c. Enter the parameters and proceed.

4. Repeat these steps for each Brocade switch in your storage environment.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l To discover the switch topology (switch details and switch port details) and switchperformance using SNMP and zoning details through SMIS, you must be aware ofSNMP v1/v2 community strings and SNMP ports, or SNMP v3 user details and privacyand authentication details for the v3 username. In addition, the username, password,port number, and SSL enabled/status for the SMI-S provider are required to discoverthe zoning details

l To discover the switch topology, switch performance, and zoning details throughSMIS, the username, password, port number, and SSL enabled/status for the SMI-Sprovider are required

SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

40 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 41:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l Managing Alert Consolidation explains how to configure alerts consolidation.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, choose an alerting web-serviceinstance.

11.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

12.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

13.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

14.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

15.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

16.(For SRM 3.5.1 and higher) From the SMI-S Discovery Configuration option drop-downmenu, select existing settings that have been specified for other components, or adda new configuration. If desired, select Restrict SMI-S to zoning discovery only.

SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 41

Page 42:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If the option is selected, SMI-S will be used to discover zoning details only. Ifunselected, SMI-S will be used to discover switch and zoning details completely.

17.From the Passive Host Discovery Specific Configuration drop-down menu, selectexisting settings that have been specified for other components, or add a newconfiguration. If desired, select Enable Passive Host Discovery.

See Passive host discovery configuration options on page 42 for additional details.

18.Optionally, select Configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

19.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

20.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

21.Click Next.

The window displays a note about SNMP masks.

22.Click Install.

23.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

24.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

25.Click Brocade SMI Provider.

26.Click Add new device.

27.Specify the details of the Brocade SMI Provider configuration.

a. In the Device location section, select the server and instance where you want tostore the configuration details for this device.

b. In the SMI Provider IP Address or Host Name field, type the Brocade SMI Providerhost.

c. Enter the access credentials.

d. If desired, select Enable Secure Connection (SSL).

e. Type the port number. The default ports are 5988 for non-SSL and 5989 for SSL.

28.Click Test to validate the credentials.

29.Click OK.

30.Click Save.

Passive host discovery configuration optionsEnable passive host discovery to see end-to-end topology from hosts to arrays, andidentify chargeback on SAN enabled hosts without active host discovery.

You can passively resolve hosts, discovered through the SolutionPack for Brocade FCSwitch, from zoning records.The default zone naming patterns in ViPR SRM are:

z_%h%

z_%h%_*

z_%h%_*_*

%h%_*

SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

42 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 43:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

After you have enabled passive host discovery, there are two options for passive hostconfiguration.

l Enable DNS Resolution: This option, which is enabled by default, resolves the "IP"property by using the DNS lookup handler. You can un-check this option to avoidusing the DNS lookup feature.

l Customize zone naming patterns: This option allows you to customize the zonenaming pattern. By default, this option is disabled, and ViPR SRM uses the fourdefault zone naming patterns. You can enable this option to add, delete, or modifythe default zone naming patterns and host name positions in zones.

You can enable passive host discovery while installing the SolutionPack, or you canenable it by reconfiguring the SMI Data Collection component of an existing instance ofthe SolutionPack.

To enable and add/edit customized zone naming patterns:

Procedure

1. Select the Enable Passive Host Discovery checkbox.

2. Select the Customized zone naming patterns checkbox.

The system displays the four default zone naming templates.

3. Click the Add button (plus icon) to view the zone naming pattern and host position fora template. Edit the pattern or position if desired.

Only Java-based zone naming patterns are supported.

Only plain numbers can be used for the position. Special characters (like $) are notrequired.

Table 4 Sample zone naming patterns

Regex is ^(z_)([A-Z0-9a-z]+)$and hostname position is 2

Matches all the zone names that start with 'z_' and extracts thehostname from the rest of the string that follows 'z_'Example: For zone name z_lingz099, the hostname extracted islingz099.

Regex is ^([^z_][A-Z0-9a-z]+)_([A-Za-z0-9]+) andhostname position is 1

Matches all the zone names that doesn't start with 'z_' andextracts the hostname from zone name that is before the firstunderscore.Example: For lgloe111_1106, the hostname extracted islgloe111.

For more information on writing Java's regular expression refer to http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/essential/regex/

SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Passive host discovery configuration options 43

Page 44:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Brocade FC SwitchDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

44 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 45:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 4

SolutionPack for Cisco MDS

l Overview............................................................................................................... 46l Performing pre-configuration tasks........................................................................46l Configuring switches for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c....................................................47l Configuring switches for SNMPv3.......................................................................... 48l Configuring Cisco switches for alert consolidation.................................................49l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................49l Enabling passive host discovery through Generic-SNMP........................................50l Enable and edit customized zone naming patterns................................................51l Limitations............................................................................................................51

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Cisco MDS 45

Page 46:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Cisco MDS/Nexus accesses performance data that wasautomatically collected and interpreted (using resource grouping and mathematicalcalculations) across multiple MDS/Nexus fabrics. Alerts are consolidated from CiscoMDS/Nexus Switches and shown on the All Alerts Console.

Data collection methodsAccesses performance data information that was automatically collected and interpreted(using resource grouping and mathematical calculations) from across multiple fabrics.Uses SNMP to collect fabric information.

Main reports

Port UtilizationReport over Fibre channel ports and Port-Channel.

VSANVSAN utilization and relationship.

Overall ThroughputThe sum of throughput of all the interfaces of each switch

Switch PerformanceReport on the utilization, reachability, and uptime of the switch

Name ServerName Server Database information.

Environmental elementsPower Supply, temperature sensors.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Performing pre-configuration tasksBefore you discover a Cisco switch in ViPR SRM you need to perform the following checks.

All switches in the Cisco fabric must have SNMP credentials for use with ViPR SRM. Forexample, if SNMPv1/v2c is used, all Cisco switches in the fabric should have theSNMPv1/v2c community name set with a role of network-admin or network-operator. Forexample, if SNMPv3 is used, all Cisco switches in the fabric should have the SNMPv3user set with the role of network-admin or network-operator.

Procedure

1. Ensure all hardware and software is listed as supported in the EMC ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

2. Verify the TCP/IP connectivity to the switches to be discovered. Test by issuing a pingcommand to these switches.

3. Determine if SNMP traps are enabled. Log in to the switch and run the command showsnmp trap.

4. Run the command snmp-server enable traps to enable SNMP traps.

SWDevCisco8-9216i# config terminalEnter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

SolutionPack for Cisco MDSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

46 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 47:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SWDevCisco8-9216i (config)# snmp-server enable traps5. Display the traps that are enabled. Execute the show snmp trap command. The values

in the Enabled column should be Yes.

Known issue with user-defined roles

If an SNMPv3 user or SNMPv1/v2c community string used for switch discovery isassigned to a role that has VSAN policy set to deny, there is a possibility of switch rebootand supervisor fail-over.

This is due to an issue in Cisco NX-OS 5.2(6) through 6.2(x).

The workaround is to execute the following commands in sequence:

linbge197#config tlinbge197#role name <name of the role>linbge197#no vsan policy denylinbge197#copy run startlinbge197#exit

Configuring switches for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2cYou have to configure Cisco switches for SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c to enable switch discovery,and alert consolidation for the switches. The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c information youprovide when performing discovery is necessary for ViPR SRM to contact the switch toobtain information.

Before you begin

If SNMPv1/v2c is used, all Cisco switches in the fabric should have the SNMPv1/v2ccommunity name set with a role of network-admin/network-operator.

ViPR SRM collects data from the switch using the SNMP community name. It uses theSNMP port for communication. The default port set is port 161.

Note

The Cisco documentation provides information on configuring Cisco switches for SNMPv1and SNMPv2c management.

Procedure

1. Log into the switch as an administrator.

2. To configure the snmp-server community string with read-only privileges, run thefollowing commands:

Cisco8-9216i# config terminalCisco8-9216i(config)# snmp-server community srmuser roEnter configuration commands, one per line.

3. To verify if the SNMPv1 community string exists, run the command show snmpcommunity.

A sample output of the command:

Community Group/Access

srmuser network-operator

SolutionPack for Cisco MDSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Known issue with user-defined roles 47

Page 48:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Configuring switches for SNMPv3You have to configure Cisco switches for SNMPv3 to enable discovery and alertconsolidation for the switches. The SNMPv3 information you provide when performingdiscovery is necessary for ViPR SRM to contact the switch to obtain information.

ViPR SRM collects data from the switch using SNMPv3 secure credentials. ViPR SRMsupports SNMPv3 with all the combinations of Auth (MD5, SHA) and Priv (AES, DES,NONE).

Note

Create the SNMPv3 users with authentication and privacy passwords on all physicalswitches in the fabric. The Cisco documentation provides information on creatingSNMPv3 users on Cisco switches.

This procedure provides an example of creating an SNMPv3 user called srmuser with anetwork-operator role, SHA authorization, and AES128 authentication.

Procedure

1. Log into the switch as an administrator.

Cisco8-9216i# config terminalEnter configuration commands, one per line.

2. Run the snmp-server user commands as follows:

snmp-server user srmuser network-operator auth sha <SHA-password> priv aes-128 <AES-password>

3. To verify the new user creation run the command show snmp user.

Table 5 Sample output of show snmp user command

SNMP USERS

User Auth Priv(enforce) Groups

admin md5 no network-admin

srmuser sha aes-128(no) network-operator

NOTIFICATION TARGET USERS (configured for sending V3 Inform)

User Auth Priv

SWDevCisco8-9216i#

SolutionPack for Cisco MDSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

48 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 49:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Configuring Cisco switches for alert consolidationUse the snmp-server command to forward SNMP v1 alert traps from Cisco FC switchesto ViPR SRM.

Procedure

1. Log into the Cisco FC switch as the administrator.

2. Type # config, and press Enter.

3. Type snmp-server host <trap recipient IP> traps <SNMP trap version><Community String> udp-port <trap listening port >, and press Enter.

In the command syntax:

Syntax element Input

<trap recipient IP> In a single vApp installation, this is the ViPR SRM IP, and in adistributed environment, is the Backend server's IP.

<SNMP trap version> version 1

<Community String> public

<trap listening port > 2041, which is the ViPR SRM trap listening port.

Example: snmp-server host 10.247.24.190 traps version 1 public udp-port 2041

4. If you have multiple Cisco FC switches in your storage environment, repeat thisprocedure on each switch.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l Managing Alert Consolidation explains how to configure alerts consolidation.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

SolutionPack for Cisco MDSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configuring Cisco switches for alert consolidation 49

Page 50:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

11.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

12.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

13.Click Next.

The window displays a note about SNMP masks.

14.Click Install.

15.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

Enabling passive host discovery through Generic-SNMPIf you cannot access the active host, you cannot use active host discovery. In this case,you must enable passive host discovery if you want to see end-to-end topology fromhosts to array and identify chargeback on SAN enabled hosts.

To enable passive host discovery through the SolutionPack for Cisco MDS/Nexus, edit theGeneric-SNMP independent SolutionPack block instance, select the Enable Passive HostDiscovery checkbox, and click Reconfigure.

The default zone naming patterns supported in SolutionPack for Cisco MDS/Nexus are:

l z_%h%

l z_%h%_*

l z_%h%_*_*

l %h%_*

After you have enabled passive host discovery, there are two options for passive hostconfiguration:

Enable DNS ResolutionThis option, which is enabled by default, resolves the "IP" property by using the DNSlookup handler. You can un-check this option to avoid using the DNS lookup feature.

Customize zone naming patternsThis option allows you to customize the zone naming pattern. By default, this optionis disabled, and ViPR SRM uses the four default zone naming patterns. You canenable this option to add, delete, or modify the default zone naming patterns andhost positions in zones.

SolutionPack for Cisco MDSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

50 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 51:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Enable and edit customized zone naming patternsProcedure

1. Select the Enable Passive Host Discovery checkbox.

2. Select the Customized zone naming patterns checkbox.

The system displays the four default zone naming templates.

3. Click the Add button (plus icon) to view the zone naming pattern and host position fora template. Edit the pattern or position if desired.

Only Java-based zone naming patterns are supported.

Only plain numbers can be used for the position. Special characters (like $) shouldnot be prefixed.

Table 6 Sample zone naming patterns

Regex is ^(z_)([A-Z0-9a-z]+)$and hostname position is 2

Matches all the zone names that start with 'z_' and extracts thehostname from that matches the rest of the string that follows'z_'Example: For zone name z_lingz099, the hostname extracted islingz099.

Regex is ^([^z_][A-Z0-9a-z]+)_([A-Za-z0-9]+) andhostname position is 1

Matches all the zone names that doesn't start with 'z_' andextracts the hostname from zone name that is before the firstunderscore.Example: For lgloe111_1106, the hostname extracted islgloe111.

For more information on writing Java's regular expression refer to http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/essential/regex/

LimitationsMaintenance operations that cause a large number of changes in the SAN environment,such as zoning changes and migrations, might degrade APG database performance.These operations generate new active metrics to represent the new SAN environment,and previous metrics become inactive. If active plus inactive metrics exceed 1.5 millionentries, slower performance of the database is expected. If needed, you can clean thedatabase to remove inactive metrics, or split the database if active metrics are greaterthan 1.5 million entries.

SolutionPack for Cisco MDSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Enable and edit customized zone naming patterns 51

Page 52:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Cisco MDSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

52 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 53:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 5

SolutionPack for Cisco UCS

l Overview............................................................................................................... 54l Configuring the UCS Manager................................................................................54l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................55l Importing the new database schema.....................................................................56

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Cisco UCS 53

Page 54:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Cisco UCS generates reports that encompass compute, network,and storage access components of the unified fabric.

The SolutionPack generates uptime reports for the UCS Managers and enables you to seeinto the solution as managed by the unified management domain. In addition, theSolutionPack for Cisco UCS obtains real-time and historical data through various reportsthat indicate events and faults in the system.

Data collection methodsUCS XML API

Main reportsPower Consumption over Time

Fabric Interconnects

Chassis

System Statistics, Fans, PSU, Interfaces

Events

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Configuring the UCS ManagerEnable XML API for the Cisco UCS Manager.

Before you begin

Procedure

1. Log in to the Cisco UCS Manager web console.

2. Navigate to Admin > Communication Management > Communication Services.

3. Verify that the HTTP & CIM XML services are enabled.

If the Redirect HTTP to HTTPS option is enabled, you will need to use securecommunication when configuring your SolutionPack block.

4. If you want to use secure communications between the collector and the UCSManager:

l Choose the secure communication option when adding the UCS Manager.

l Configure HTTPS on the Communication Services page of UCS Manager.

After you finish

EMC recommends that you create a new dedicated service account for SolutionPackintegration. Role-read-only role is sufficient for the SolutionPack to work properly.

SolutionPack for Cisco UCSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

54 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 55:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

9. From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

13.Select the Enable events collection checkbox.

14.In the Event server hostname or IP address field, select the Backend host where theevents server runs. The default port is 52007.

15.In the Even server port number field, enter a port number for events collection.

16.Select Configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

17.Click Next.

The window displays event settings.

SolutionPack for Cisco UCSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 55

Page 56:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

18.Select an Event database. If you select Add a new Events database, type informationfor the new events database. Type the database information for the events databasethat runs on the Primary Backend host. The default Database port is 53306. Thedefault Event server port number is 52007.

19.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

20.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

21.Click Install.

22.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

23.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

24.Click Cisco UCS.

25.Click Add new device.

26.Specify the details of the Cisco UCS configuration.

a. In the Device location section, select the server and instance where you want tostore the configuration details for this device.

b. In the UCS type field, select UCS Manager (Blade Chassis) or UCS C-Series (Server).

c. In Hostname or IP address type the UCS management host.

d. In the Username and Password fields, type the credentials for the managementserver.

e. Select Enable secure connection, if desired.

f. In the Communication port field, type the port number for the management server.

27.Click Test to validate the credentials.

28.Click OK.

29.Click Save.

After you finish

If you want to discover the Cisco UCS Fabric Interconnects in your environment via SNMP,you must install the Cisco MDS /Nexus SolutionPack in your environment to provide fullSNMP masks and capabilities for the SNMP discovery.

Cisco UCS events are commented out by default in frontend configuration files. To enableCisco UCS events, uncomment Cisco UCS events in the following configuration files:APG.xml, APG-WS.xml, and report-generation-config.xml.

Importing the new database schema

Before you begin

Starting with Watch4net 6.2u4, schema are preloaded. If you installed from an earlierversion, import the new database schema.

Procedure

1. Load the events block file Event-Processing/Generic-Live-Writer/cisco-ucs/ddl/my-ucs_live.sql.

SolutionPack for Cisco UCSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

56 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 57:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Run mysql-client.sh (mysql-client.cmd on Windows).

3. Type username, database name, and password.

4. Copy the contents of the /my-ucs_live.sql file and paste it into the mysql clientat the mysql> prompt.

This creates the ucs_live table.

5. Start the event processing manager service.

6. To enable events reporting from the frontend:

a. Edit the Web-Application configuration file Web-Servers/Tomcat/Default/conf/Catalina/localhost/APG.xml.

b. If the cisco-ucs-events section is present, uncomment it.

c. If the cisco-ucs-events section is missing, add the following lines:

<!-- cisco-ucs-events --> <ResourceLink name="jdbc/FLOW-UCS-LIVE:{ mapping=FLOW-UCS.xml, table=ucs_live }" global="jdbc/FLOW-EVENTS" type="javax.sql.DataSource" />

7. Restart the tomcat service.

SolutionPack for Cisco UCSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Importing the new database schema 57

Page 58:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Cisco UCSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

58 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 59:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 6

SolutionPack for Converged Infrastructure

l Overview............................................................................................................... 60l Preparing Converged Infrastructure....................................................................... 60l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................60

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Converged Infrastructure 59

Page 60:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Converged Infrastructure generates reports for hardware systemsummary, available capacity, hardware systems capacity by location, logical poolcapacity by type, and total capacity by service quality.

In addition, the SolutionPack obtains a topology view of the underlying system or serviceas discovered by the Unified Infrastructure Manager (UIM) view.

Data collection methodsThe XML collector is the only collector used to collect the data. Client must have UnitedInfrastructure Manager/Provisioning (UIM/P) and Unified Infrastructure Manager/Operations (UIM/O) virtual appliances installed in his environment with appropriateconnectivity before deploying the SolutionPack for Converged Infrastructure.

Main reportsVblock/VSPEX Inventory

UIM Dashboard

Topology

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing Converged InfrastructureIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for Converged Infrastructure.

ViPR SRM communicates with Unified Infrastructure Manager using credentials withaccess to the UIM host.

Procedure

1. Identify the user account credentials used to access the UIM host.

2. Record this information for use when you install the SolutionPack.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

SolutionPack for Converged InfrastructureDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

60 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 61:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The windows displays topology collector details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Leave Enable alerting on data collected checked.

11.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

12.In the UIM/P hostname or IP address field, type the UIM/P host.

13.In the Username and Password fields, type the required credentials for the UIM/Phost.

14.In the UIM/O hostname or IP address field, type the UIM/P host.

15.In the Username and Password fields, type the required credentials for the UIM/Ohost.

16.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling settings.

17.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

18.From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Web-Service Gateway.

If you select Add a new Web-Service Gateway, type information about the web-servicegateway.

19.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

20.Click Install.

21.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

SolutionPack for Converged InfrastructureDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 61

Page 62:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Converged InfrastructureDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

62 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 63:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 7

SolutionPack for EMC Atmos

l Overview............................................................................................................... 64l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................64l Limitations............................................................................................................65

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC Atmos 63

Page 64:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack accesses system summary reports for Resource Management Groups(RMGs), as well as for the nodes being monitored within the RMGs. In addition,SolutionPack generates reports summarizing key storage parameters for the entire Atmosmulti-tenant system.

Data collection methodsThe XML data collector is used to collect time series data. There are two sources of data:the Atmos System Management API and the Atmos Cloud Delivery Platform (ACDP).

Event Data from Atmos can be received using SNMP Traps. The M&R EPM server and theSNMP agent need to be configured in Atmos to send traps. Alternatively, the traps can besent to the SMARTS platform and the data can be populated using Smarts Listener.

Main reportsSystem Dashboard

RMG Dashboard

Tenant Summary

SubTenant Summary

Top-N Reports

Trending Reports

Atmos Cloud Delivery Platform Metering Reports

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l EMC ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l Data imported in the 2.0 version of this SolutionPack will not be compatible with the1.0 version of SolutionPack for EMC Atmos. Data continuity with previously importeddata will be broken.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

SolutionPack for EMC AtmosDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

64 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 65:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Make a selection in the EMC Atmos field. If you select Add a new EMC Atmos, enterthe Atmos configuration settings.

11.Configure polling settings.

12.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

13.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

14.Click Install.

15.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

LimitationsThe Atmos SMI interface reports capacity based on the storage available for objectcreation, while ViPR SRM reports combined object storage capacity along with thecapacity used to store the object's metadata. Therefore the ViPR SRM number will behigher than the number reported by the Atmos SMI console, the difference being thecapacity dedicated to metadata storage.

SolutionPack for EMC AtmosDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Limitations 65

Page 66:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC AtmosDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

66 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 67:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 8

SolutionPack for EMC Centera

l Overview............................................................................................................... 68l Preparing EMC Centera for discovery and data collection.......................................68l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................68l Limitations............................................................................................................69

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC Centera 67

Page 68:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack accesses the inventory of the Centera storage system and generatesreports on usage capacity for pools and nodes, pool file counts, and c-clip counts.

Supported systemsCentera Viewer CLI (v4.3)

Data collection methodsCLI

Main reportsCentera Cluster Summary

Pool usage details

Node detail

Utilization

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing EMC Centera for discovery and data collectionProcedure

1. Identify the ViPR SRM Collector host which supports EMC Centera Viewer CLI software.

The EMC Centera Viewer CLI is currently supported on Microsoft Windows Server 2008R2 and Linux SLES11 SP3. The EMC ViPR SRM Support Matrix provides the specificversion of Centera CLI software required and supported Collector host operatingsystems.

2. Identify the username (with monitor role enabled) and password.

3. Record this information. You need it to install the SolutionPack.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l Do a package synchronization after you register the Windows VM with the base vApp.From Centralized Management, click Package Management and thenSynchronization. Check retrieve the lastest package and click Ok.

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because only some moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

SolutionPack for EMC CenteraDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

68 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 69:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Leave Activate the FailOver-Filter checked.

11.In EMC Centera specific configuration, edit the data collection polling interval basedon need.

12.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

13.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

14.Click Install.

15.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

16.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

17.Click Centera Configuration.

18.Click Add new device.

19.From Server, select the server where the device will be dispatched.

20.From Instance, select the instance of the emc-centera where the device will bedispatched.

21.In the Centera configuration section, enter the IP and credentials of the Centeraarray’s Management IP address or hostname.

a. In Management IP address or hostname, type the array management IP orhostname.

b. Add the username and password of the Centera array.

c. Chose the Connection method from the drop-down menu.

22.Click Test to validate the credentials.

23.Click Ok.

24.Click Save in the Centera Configuration page.

LimitationsIf a Centera system does not have its serial number configured, it will be reported in aseparate table. If there are two or more systems that do not have their serial numberconfigured, the Capacity information will be incorrect.

SolutionPack for EMC CenteraDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Limitations 69

Page 70:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC CenteraDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

70 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 71:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 9

SolutionPack for EMC Data Domain

l Overview............................................................................................................... 72l Preparing EMC Data Domain for discovery and data collection...............................72l Installing the SolutionPack ...................................................................................72l Discover the SNMP Collector................................................................................. 73

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC Data Domain 71

Page 72:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack generates real-time and historical reports and accesses file system,compression, replication, and chassis inventory status details to gain insight into themanagement of a EMC Data Domain system.

Data collection methodSNMP

Main reportsOverview

File Systems

Compression

Replication

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing EMC Data Domain for discovery and data collectionEnable a supported version of SNMP on any Data Domain systems that you want ViPRSRM to poll.

The ViPR SRM Collector host communicates with EMC Data Domain using SNMP. Fordetails on the supported versions of SNMP used with Data Domain, refer to the EMC ViPRSRM Support Matrix.

Note

Ensure that the SNMP timeout period is greater than 10000 ms to prevent timeout fromoccurring while discovering the Data Domain system.

Procedure

1. On the Data Domain system, use the following command to view the SNMPconfiguration: # snmp show config

2. Use the following command to add the ViPR SRM SNMP Collector host: # snmp addro-community public hosts collector_host

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l Data Domain must be configured to allow the EMC M&R collector host tocommunicate to it via SNMP.

n Use the following command on the Data Domain system to view the SNMPconfiguration: # snmp show config

n Use the following command to add the EMC M&R host: # snmp add ro-community <public> hosts <emc m&r.collector.com> where<public> is the read-only community string

SolutionPack for EMC Data DomainDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

72 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 73:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Log in.

2. Click Administration .

3. Click Centralized Management.

4. Click SolutionPack Center.

5. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

6. Click Install.

7. Type the instance name.

8. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

9. Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

10.From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Web-Service Gateway.

If you select Add a new Web-Service Gateway, type information about the web-servicegateway.

11.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

12.Click Next.

13.Click Install.

14.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

Discover the SNMP CollectorProcedure

1. Log in to EMC M&R.

Use http://<localhost>:58080/device-discovery/.

2. Go to Collector > New Collector.

This option collects configuration data from the SNMP Collector.

3. Click Save.

4. The Collector is listed with orange color in the STATE column.

5. Click Check reachability of the x selected collector(s) to verify that the collector isreachable, and if it is, click Send configurations to the x selected collector(s).

The Collector is listed with green color in STATE.

6. Select Devices and click New Device.

7. Fill in the details for the new device on all tabs.

8. Click Save.

SolutionPack for EMC Data DomainDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Discover the SNMP Collector 73

Page 74:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If the STATE column is green for the device, no error occurred. If an error occurred,mouseover the STATE column for the device to display the error.

9. If STATE is green, click Execute Action. This will discover the device with thecapabilities that are selected.

10.Go to the Dashboard and send the configurations.

11.Go to the device and check that the Collector is listed.

After you finish

If all steps are successful, device details begin to appear in the ViPR SRM User Interface.

If you encounter any problems, use the Events Log to begin troubleshooting. For example,the log might point to problems with SNMP communications or configuration settings. Toopen the log, scroll to the bottom of the Device Discovery pane (http://<localhost>:58080/device-discovery/#/devices) and click Show EventsLog.

SolutionPack for EMC Data DomainDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

74 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 75:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 10

SolutionPack for EMC Data Protection Advisor

l Overview............................................................................................................... 76l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................76l Verifying scheduled reports in DPA........................................................................77l Troubleshooting report generation errors...............................................................78l Limitations............................................................................................................78

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC Data Protection Advisor 75

Page 76:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThis SolutionPack enables users to generate real-time and historical reports onreplication technologies, EMC Data Domain backup-to-disk platform, backuptechnologies for Symantec Netbackup, and EMC Avamar supported by Data ProtectionAdvisor.

Data collection methodsThe SolutionPack collector uses REST API requests to fetch XML report files from the DPAserver (<EMC DPA Installation directory>\EMC\services\shared\report-results\scheduled\<backuptechnology-selected>). When DPAis added to Discovery Center, scheduled reports are created and generated once a week.Once the scheduled reports are generated, report data is collected hourly.

The XML Collector is used to collect Data Domain and RecoverPoint data.

The Stream Collector uses REST APIs to collect Netbackup and Avamar data.

Main reportsReplication: RPO Compliance, Alerts, Capacity

EMC Data Domain: Configuration, Performance, Replication

EMC Avamar: Inventory, BackupSummary, RestoreSummary

Symantec NetBackup: Inventory, BackupSummary, RestoreSummary

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

SolutionPack for EMC Data Protection AdvisorDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

76 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 77:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

10.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

11.From the Alert Consolidation drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Alert consolidation.

If you select Add a new Alert consolidation, type information about the alertconfiguration. In Alerting HostName or IP address, use localhost on port 2020,which is the Collector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.Select the backup technologies to monitor.

If you do not select any of these options, there will be no DPA reports to collect. If youselect all of these options, data will be collected for all DPA reports.

13.Select Do you want to configure advanced settings and enable Number of collectingthreads, if required.

14.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

15.Click Install.

16.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

17.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

18.Click EMC Data Protection Advisor.

19.Click Add new device.

20.In DPA appliance Host name or IP, type the host information for the DPA appliance.

21.Provide the access credentials for the DPA appliance.

22.Provide the protocol and DPA server port.

23.Click Test to validate the credentials.

24.Click Ok.

25.Click Save.

DPA requires specific licenses to monitor replication technologies, backuptechnologies, and Data Domain. These licenses must be installed on DPA for ViPRSRM to monitor these technologies.

DPA reports may take up to one hour to populate. Some of the performance data/graphs take two collection cycles for the graphs to be plotted.

After installing the SolutionPack for EMC Data Protection Advisor, there may bescheduling related errors in the collector logs.

Verifying scheduled reports in DPAOnce DPA is added to Discovery Center, ViPR SRM connects to DPA with the usernamespecified and creates scheduled reports for the backup technology selected.

Procedure

1. Login to DPA.

SolutionPack for EMC Data Protection AdvisorDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Verifying scheduled reports in DPA 77

Page 78:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Navigate to Reports > Report Jobs > Scheduled reports.

Report names starting with W4N - should be created hourly.

3. On the DPA server console, XML files should be seen in the directory <EMC DPAInstallation directory>\EMC\services\shared\report-results\scheduled\<backuptechnology-selected>.

Troubleshooting report generation errorsReconfigure the data collection options in the SolutionPack for EMC Data ProtectionAdvisor if reports are not being generated. This procedure applies to each DPA instancefor which reports are not being generated.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPacks.

4. Click EMC Data Protection Advisor.

5. Within the Instance column, click on the edit icon to reconfigure the Data Collectioncomponent.

6. Select the technology you want to collect data from.

7. Select Do you want to configure advanced settings and enable Number of collectingthreads, if required.

8. Click Reconfigure.

LimitationsWhile updating the SolutionPack from 3.5.x to 3.6.x or from 3.0.x to 3.6.x, you need toselect advanced settings and select the backup technology required. This is due to thefact that Avamar and Netbackup Technology Support was introduced from 3.6. Forupdates to 3.6.4, you need to just select the backup technology required.

SolutionPack for EMC Data Protection AdvisorDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

78 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 79:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 11

SolutionPack for EMC ECS

l Overview............................................................................................................... 80l Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ECS................................................................ 83l Remove old ECS hosts from the Physical Host SP...................................................85l Expand ECS...........................................................................................................85l Limitations............................................................................................................86

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC ECS 79

Page 80:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for EMC ECS collects inventory, capacity, performance, and healthmetrics for object storage on EMC ECS 2.0 systems. Detailed metrics for the virtual datacenters, nodes, and disks for object storage managed by ECS 2.0 are included. Collecteddata is displayed in easy-to-use reports in ViPR SRM 3.6.3 or later.

Licenses and installation scenariosThe SolutionPack for EMC ECS supports two licensing scenarios. Both require ViPR SRM3.6.3 or later.

ECS Reporting for ECS 2.0ECS Reporting is an optional feature of ECS 2.0. It provides reporting for ECS in alimited version of ViPR SRM 3.6.3 or later. The SolutionPack for EMC ECS installs thefollowing features:

l Basic set of ECS 2.0 reports into the Report Library

l Consolidated alerts and health in the global Operations reports

ECS Reporting requires the VIPR_ECS_SP ELMS license embedded in the ViPR SRMlicense file. If you upgraded from ECS powered by ViPR 2.1, you have this license. Fornew ECS installations, you received a ViPR SRM license file containing this licensewith the ECS purchase.

Full EMC ViPR SRM 3.6.3 or later environmentFull ViPR SRM discovers, collect metrics for, and reports on an enterprise-widestorage environment. Global reports merge capacity, chargeback, storage usage,operational, and performance information across all storage platforms, providing acomprehensive view of the entire storage infrastructure. The SolutionPack for EMCECS installs the following features:

l Basic set of ECS 2.0 reports into the Report Library

l Consolidated alerts and health in the global Operations reports

l ECS object capacity metrics merged into the global capacity Dashboards andExplore reports

l Additional inventory reports for ECS Namespaces and Buckets added to theReport Library

l Chargeback reporting for ECS object storage, by Namespace and Bucket,including computed costs by service level

l A new Bucket Service Level group based on replication policy, with costassignments and capability to create custom service levels

To get all of the above features requires the VIPRSRM_ECS_TB ELMS licenseembedded in the ViPR SRM license file. You receive this license with the purchase ofthe SolutionPack for EMC ECS and ViPR SRM.

For information about installing license files, see Manage ViPR SRM Licensing.

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

80 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 81:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Main reports

Summary Reports

Degraded or Bad DisksIdentifies rack and node location, disk ID, and affected storage pool. Providesdrill-down into health and stress factors.

Degraded or Bad NodesSummarizes health statistics by node and supports drill-down into health andstress factors.

Health Dashboard/Virtual Data CentersShows general health and stress ratings; percentages of CPU usage, memoryusage, and network usage; and network bandwidth rate. Provides drill-downcapabilities into nodes, and then into services and disks of each node.

Health Dashboard/Remote Replication StatusShows the local and remote virtual data center pairings and status of each.Supports drill-down into each replication group for graphs of the table columns.

Inventory Reports

Namespaces (available only with full ViPR SRM license)For each namespace, provides bucket and object counts, objects created anddeleted during the reporting period, amount of data uploaded and downloadedduring the reporting period, namespace quota, and amounts and percentage ofquota used. Supports drill-down into buckets within a namespace and othernamespace details.

NodesBy physical node and storage pool, shows number of associated disks, andamount of Usable, Used, and Available storage capacity. Also shows rack ID andversion of node and supports drill-down into a node's disks.

Replication GroupsFor each group, shows number of virtual data centers and buckets. Click a groupname to display the storage pools in that group. Supports drill-down into nodesand disks.

Storage PoolsSummarizes number of nodes and number of disks in each storage pool, andshows total amount of Used and Available capacity per storage pool. Supportsdrill-down into nodes and then disks.

Virtual Data CentersProvides the management IP address for each virtual data center, andsummarizes Usable, Used, and Available capacity in various dashboard reports.Click a data center to see its capacity, storage pools, and nodes.

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Overview 81

Page 82:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Performance Reports

NodesFor each node, shows data transfer metrics for transactions, disks, andnetworks. Also shows transaction error rate per node. Supports drill-down intographs for each column.

Storage PoolsFor each storage pool, shows data transfer metrics for transactions, disks, andnetworks. Also shows transaction error rate per storage pool. Supports drill-down into graphs for each column.

Virtual Data CentersFor each virtual data center, shows data transfer metrics for transactions, disks,and networks. Also shows transaction error rate per virtual data center.Supports drill-down into graphs for each column.

Remote Replication StatusFor each replication group, shows local and remote virtual data centers, ingressand egress data transfer rates, and percentage of progress on bootstrap andfailover processes.

Capacity ReportsThese reports show object capacity.

Configured Usable Capacity and TrendsSummarizes metrics for configured free, configured used, and reserved forsystem use. A trend report shows enterprise-wide historical usable capacity.Provides drill-down into storage pools and various graphs.

Object Count TrendShows enterprise-wide historical object count usage.

Used Capacity by PurposeSummarizes used capacity by unprotected (not replicated), locally protected,remotely protected, and system used.

Storage PoolsSummarizes each storage pool, showing virtual data center, numbers of nodesand disks, and amount of usable, used, and available storage.

Operations Reports

Health DashboardShows general health and stress ratings; percentages of CPU usage, memoryusage, and network usage; and network bandwidth rate. Provides drill-downcapabilities into nodes, and then into services and disks of each node.

Situations to WatchThe following reports flag possible developing problems:

l Buckets Near Quota

l Degraded or Bad Disks

l Degraded or Bad Nodes

l Namespaces Near Quota

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

82 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 83:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Global Chargeback Reports (available only with full ViPR SRM license)Object chargeback reports appear in the ViPR SRM global Dashboard area.

l Chargeback by Namespace shows namespace usage by characteristics such asLocally vs Remotely protected, object counts, data downloads/uploads, andtotal cost. Drilldown into chargeback details about a namespace is supported.

l Graphical representations of object counts, object activity, and used capacity forobjects.

l Chargeback by Service Level shows object service level breakdowns.

l Network Usage.

l Chargeback by Bucket, including computed costs.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ECS

Before you begin

l Make sure you have ViPR SRM 3.6.3 or later.

l EMC ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l For each ECS Virtual Data Center (VDC) that you want to collect metrics for:

n Have the public IP address for one of the nodes in one of the ECS racks (as aconvention, you might use the first node in the first rack)

n Have the administrator user name and password

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select the Primary Backendhost.

11.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ECS 83

Page 84:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

12.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

13.From the Alert Consolidation drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Alert consolidation.

If you select Add a new Alert consolidation, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

14.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling settings or to disable a polling type.

15.In each polling period drop-down menu, select a polling period or select Disabled toturn off the polling.

16.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

17.Click Install.

18.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

19.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

20.Click EMC ECS.

21.Click Add new device.

For ECS, a device is a VDC, and the term ECS system refers to a VDC. A VDC consists ofone or more ECS appliances (racks) with 4 or 8 nodes each and attached storagesystems.

In a multi-site federation of VDCs, provide information for each VDC as a separatedevice.

22.Verify that the first two fields are correct for the collection instance.

23.In Virtual Data Center name, type the VDC name as configured in ECS.

24.In IP address or host name, provide the public IP address for one of the nodes in oneof the ECS racks in the VDC. For example, use the public IP address for the first nodein the first rack in the VDC.

25.For Username and Password, provide the administrator credentials configured for theVDC.

The authentication user account must have System Administrator privileges on theECS system. On ECS, navigate to Manage > Users > Management Users > accountname,and make sure the System Administrator field is set to Yes.

26.For Configured for remote replication, check this box if the VDC is part of a geo-replicated federation of VDCs.

When you check this box, the Collect namespace and bucket data field appears.

27.In Collect namespace and bucket data, check this box for only one of the VDCs in ageo-replicated federation of VDCs.

This field configures the one VDC in the geo-replicated federation that provides thenamespace and bucket metrics for reporting.

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

84 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 85:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Note

Enabling namespace and bucket data from multiple VDCs in a geo-replicatedfederation causes duplicate counting and duplication of billing data.

28.Click Test to validate the credentials.

29.Click Ok.

30.Click Save.

It takes approximately take three hours for data to start appearing on reports from thenew VDC.

31.To add another VDC, click Add new device and provide information for another VDC.

Note

In a multi-site federation, add each VDC in the federation, but collect namespace andbucket data for only one of them.

Remove old ECS hosts from the Physical Host SPThis procedure applies if you are upgrading from ECS powered by ViPR 2.1.

In the older system, the ECS hosts were added manually to the Physical Host list andmonitored by the Physical Host SolutionPack. In ECS 2.0, the ECS hosts are automaticallymonitored by the SolutionPack for ECS. You should remove the hosts from the PhysicalHost list.

Note

This step is optional. However, metrics will no longer be reported for these hosts fromthis location, so there is no benefit to leaving them.

Procedure

1. In the ViPR SRM Console, navigate to Administration > Centralized Management >Discovery Center > Devices Management .

2. Click in the first column for each ECS host.

3. Click Delete, and then click Save.

Expand ECSYou can expand an existing VDC by adding more storage, more nodes, or more ECS racks,without any additional configurations in ViPR SRM.

A new VDC must be added into Discovery Center as a new device before ViPR SRM cancollect metrics for it.

Procedure

1. Navigate to Administration > Centralized Management > Discovery Center.

2. Click EMC ECS.

3. Click Add new device.

4. Verify that the first two fields are correct for the collection instance.

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Remove old ECS hosts from the Physical Host SP 85

Page 86:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

5. In Virtual Data Center name, type the VDC name as configured in ECS.

6. In IP address or host name, provide the public IP address for one of the nodes in oneof the ECS racks in the VDC. For example, use the public IP address for the first nodein the first rack in the VDC.

7. For Username and Password, provide the administrator credentials configured for theVDC.

The authentication user account must have System Administrator privileges on theECS system. On ECS, navigate to Manage > Users > Management Users > accountname,and make sure the System Administrator field is set to Yes.

8. For Configured for remote replication, check this box if the VDC is part of a geo-diverse federation of VDCs.

When you check this box, the Collect namespace and bucket data field appears.

9. In Collect namespace and bucket data, check this box for only one of the VDCs in ageo-replicated federation of VDCs.

Configure one VDC in the federation to provide the namespace and bucket metrics.

Note

Enabling namespace and bucket data from multiple VDCs in a geo-replicatedfederation causes duplicate counting and duplication of billing data.

10.Click Test to validate the credentials.

11.Click Ok.

12.Click Save.

It takes approximately take three hours for data to start appearing on reports from thenew VDC.

13.To add another VDC, click Add new device and provide information for another VDC.

Note

In a replicated federation, add each VDC in the federation, but configure namespaceand bucket data for only one of them.

LimitationsThe following items apply to a full ViPR SRM installation:

l The disk raw capacity reported in the Enterprise Capacity Dashboard does not exactlymatch the capacity reported by the operating system on ECS 2.0. A slight discrepancyis expected because the Dashboard shows usable capacity (the total size of blockbins), and not the total raw size of the disks.

l The SolutionPack for EMC ECS has visibility into the ECS storage capacity configuredfor objects, and not for other types of storage. Consequently, in the EnterpriseCapacity Dashboard, the SolutionPack for EMC ECS only contributes to theConfigured Usable, Used, Used For Object, and Primary Used capacities. All of thesecapacities have the same value.

The following items apply if you upgraded from ECS powered by ViPR:

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

86 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 87:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l The SolutionPack for EMC ECS applies to ECS 2.0 and later. For metrics on earlierversions of ECS, use the SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller that was delivered withthe earlier ECS system.

l The Dashboards > Storage > Object Chargeback report is an artifact from the earliersystem. After you upgrade all ECS systems, the metrics in this report will age out butthe report itself will remain visible.

l For this patch release of the SolutionPack for EMC ECS, the new ECS chargebackreport is temporarily located under Report Library > EMC ECS > Operations.

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Limitations 87

Page 88:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC ECSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

88 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 89:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 12

SolutionPack for EMC Host Interface

l Overview............................................................................................................... 90l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................90l Recommendations................................................................................................ 91l Limitations............................................................................................................92

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC Host Interface 89

Page 90:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThis SolutionPack discovers physical servers through the EMC Host Interface, andprovides a global view of hosts in a data center.

The SolutionPack provides the ability to drill down on host topology, capacity utilization,and performance measurements on hosts. In addition, the SolutionPack reports hostcapacity by summarizing storage LUNs mapped on host file systems and provides adetailed report on storage capacity.

Note

This SolutionPack does not contain reports. You should install the reports from theSolutionPack for Physical Hosts.

PrerequisitesInstall the EMC Host Interface as described in Install and Manage EMC Host InterfaceSoftware.

Main reportsHost Enterprise Dashboard

Host information and details

File systems summary report

Local and remote disk capacity reports

Service level for LUNs mapped to host file systems

Performance metrics such as CPU, memory, and disks for host devices

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack

Note

The SolutionPack for EMC Host Interface supports alerts and uses the same alertingcomponent as the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts. To configure alerts for theSolutionPack for EMC Host Interface, install the alerting block from the SolutionPack forPhysical Hosts.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

SolutionPack for EMC Host InterfaceDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

90 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 91:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

11.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

12.Click Do you want to configure advanced settings to configure polling settings,specify the number of collecting threads, and specify the time to wait for data to bereceived.

13.Click Install.

14.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

15.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

16.Click Host Agent (EHI).

These steps describe how to add hosts individually. For information about usingdiscovery groups to use the same credentials to discover multiple hosts, refer to the"Adding new devices" topic in the online help.

17.Click Add new device.

18.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

19.Click Test to validate the credentials.

20.Click OK.

21.Click Save.

Recommendationsl Do not discover the same host using agentless discovery and agent-based discovery.

Simultaneous discovery results in duplicate data collection. If you switch fromagentless discovery to agent-based discovery (or vice versa), the metrics collectedfrom the previous discovery mechanism become inactive.

SolutionPack for EMC Host InterfaceDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Recommendations 91

Page 92:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Limitationsl If you add or remove a LUN and this information is not reflected on reports, you must

manually restart the EHI Agent on the host.

SolutionPack for EMC Host InterfaceDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

92 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 93:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 13

SolutionPack for EMC Isilon

l Overview............................................................................................................... 94l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................94l Updating SolutionPack alert definitions................................................................ 96l Limitations............................................................................................................96

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC Isilon 93

Page 94:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for EMC Isilon optimizes service availability for the EMC Isilon scale-outNAS storage solution and displays the data in easy-to-use reports within ViPR SRM.

This SolutionPack enables you to see and understand performance and utilization acrossEMC Isilon devices in real-time, to know which node is the bottleneck in a cluster, whatthe peak/busy hours are, and more.

Main reports

All cluster sizesHDD Free, HDD Used, SSD Free, SSD Used capacities for all clusters

Clusters CPU Usage (%)Average CPU utilization per cluster

Clusters ThroughputInbound and outbound file system throughput across all clusters

Cluster SizeHDD Free, HDD Used, SSD Free, SSD Used capacities

Cluster ThroughputInbound and outbound filesystem throughput

CPU Usage (%)Average CPU utilization

Connected Connection per Protocol/NodeMaximum connected connections for CIFS, FTP, HDFS, HTTP, iSCSI, NFS, PAPI, SIQ

Active Connection per Protocol/NodeMaximum active connections for CIFS, FTP, HDFS, HTTP, iSCSI, NFS, PAPI, SIQ

Node Pools & TiersFree, Used, Size, Time to full, Will reach 90% on, and Utilization for pools and tiers

OneFSFree, Used, Size, and Utilization (%)

Node DetailsNode Size, Node Throughput, Node CPU Usage (%), File Systems, Bays, Interfaces

Shares# NFS export, # CIFS share counts

More reportsSnapshot Summary, Quota Usage, Protocols performance

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPackProcedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

SolutionPack for EMC IsilonDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

94 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 95:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

13.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

14.In Alert Consolidation server hostname or IP address, enter the Primary Backend host.

15.In Alert Consolidation server port number, enter the port used for alert consolidation.

16.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling and alert settings.

17.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

18.Click Install.

19.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

20.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

21.Click EMC Isilon.

22.Click Add new device.

23.In the Cluster hostname or IP address field, type the hostname or IP address of theSmartConnect service, or of any node in the cluster.

24.Type the username (default is admin).

25.Type the password.

SolutionPack for EMC IsilonDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 95

Page 96:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

26.Click Test to validate the credentials.

27.Click Ok.

28.Click Save.

Updating SolutionPack alert definitionsWhen you update a SolutionPack, any modified alert definitions supported in theupdated version are not updated by default. This is expected behavior.

To update all of the alerts:

Procedure

1. In the Alerting Frontend, navigate to Local Manager > Alert definitions > <SolutionPackName> definitions.

2. Highlight <SolutionPack Name> definitions, and click the Export icon to create abackup of the old alerts.

3. Delete all of the non-custom alerts below the <SolutionPack Name> definitions node.

4. In Centralized Management, navigate to SolutionPacks > Storage > <SolutionPackName> in the tree.

5. In the table, click the Reconfigure icon in the Pre-configured alerts row.

6. Click Reconfigure.

7. In the Alerting Frontend, navigate to Local Manager > Alert definitions > <SolutionPackName> definitions to see the updated alert definitions.

LimitationsIsilon RestAPI has a limitation that it cannot get StoragePool information for OneFS 7.0.So the Isilon SolutionPack cannot show any StoragePool information on OneFS 7.0.StoragePool information is only available for OneFS 7.1 and above.

SolutionPack for EMC IsilonDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

96 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 97:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 14

SolutionPack for EMC M&R Health

l Overview............................................................................................................... 98l Installing the SolutionPack....................................................................................98

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC M&R Health 97

Page 98:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThis SolutionPack monitors the health of your EMC M&R infrastructure. Take advantage ofthis no-charge SolutionPack to keep the EMC M&R services performing optimally, so youhave instant access to performance data and reports when you need it.

Supported systemsEMC M&R 6.4 and later

Data collection methodsJMX

Main reportsModules Performance

Collecting Level Performance

Backend & Databases events and utilization

Server summary

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPackInstall this SolutionPack on all core software hosts in your environment.

Before you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

9. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

10.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

SolutionPack for EMC M&R HealthDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

98 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 99:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

11.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

12.Select Configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

13.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

14.Click Install.

15.Click Ok once installation is complete.

Performance data will displayed in about an hour.The following message might appear in the collection log during operation: WARNING-- [2014-04-25 05:26:38 EDT] -- f::a(): JVM IO ERROR 'No such process'. ID: '17032',NAME: 'lib/module-manager.jar exit'. You can ignore this message.

SolutionPack for EMC M&R HealthDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 99

Page 100:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC M&R HealthDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

100 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 101:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 15

SolutionPack for EMC Recoverpoint

l Overview............................................................................................................. 102l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................102

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC Recoverpoint 101

Page 102:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for EMC RecoverPoint enables users to generate real-time and historicalreports on the performance of the mechanisms that replicate data from any supportedSAN-based arrays to other SAN-based arrays.

Summary reports for key components--such as RecoverPoint Appliance (RPA), Clusters,and Consistency Group Metrics, as well as I/O throughput analysis for SAN systemtraffic--provide a deeper understanding of replication schemes and the policies thatgovern them.

Main reports

System Traffic SANGlobal traffic view of the SAN

System Traffic Site-to-SiteGlobal traffic view between sites

RecoverPoint SummaryProvides key information about the RecoverPoint systems including information onClusters, Consistency Groups and Splitters

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPackBefore you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l Ensure that the RecoverPoint appliance is reachable and that you can execute RESTAPI commands from the Collector host. The ports used by RecoverPoint and theCollector host should be unblocked.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

SolutionPack for EMC RecoverpointDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

102 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 103:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Leave Enable alerting on data collected checked.

11.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

12.From the EMC RecoverPoint specific configuration drop-down, select Add a new EMCRecoverPoint specific configuration.

13.In RecoverPoint FQDN hostname, type the RecoverPoint management FQDNhostname/IP address, and type its username (appadmin/sysadmin/monitor orcustom may be used) and password.

If you have more than one RecoverPoint and they are connected to each other onlydiscover the one in the main datacenter. This is done to prevent duplication of data inViPR SRM. If your RecoverPoint appliances are not connected to each other they caneach be discovered by themselves using the ViPR SRM RecoverPoint collector in theirdatacenter with the RecoverPoint management FQDN hostname/IP address.

14.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling settings.

15.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

16.From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Web-Service Gateway.

If you select Add a new Web-Service Gateway, type information about the web-servicegateway.

17.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

18.Click Install.

19.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

SolutionPack for EMC RecoverpointDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 103

Page 104:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC RecoverpointDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

104 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 105:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 16

SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller

l Overview............................................................................................................. 106l Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller............................................. 106

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller 105

Page 106:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack provides a global view via the dashboard of the underlying EMC ViPRController infrastructure. It provides dashboard information to your tenant using the built-in multi-tenancy functionality of the EMC M&R portal.

Main reportsSummary Dashboard

Virtual Array Capacity

Virtual Pool Utilization

Utilization by Tenant/Project

ViPR Events

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ViPR ControllerBefore you begin

l You must have EMC ViPR Controller 2.2.

l You must have ViPR SRM 3.6.3 or later.

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l Deploy the vApp as described in the article on installing ViPR SRM as a virtualappliance.

l You need to know the connection details for the instance of ViPR from which you wantto collect data. This includes:

n Virtual IPv4 address of the ViPR Controller 2.2.

n Credentials for a ViPR account with the System Monitor and System Auditor Role.

n The core software and license must already be installed.

l You need to know the frontend hostname and admin credentials for the core softwareinstance to which you are adding the SolutionPack.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

SolutionPack for EMC ViPR ControllerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

106 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 107:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select the Primary Backendhost.

11.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

12.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

13.From the Alert Consolidation drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Alert consolidation.

If you select Add a new Alert consolidation, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

14.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

15.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

16.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

17.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling settings or to disable a polling type.

18.In each polling period drop-down menu, select a polling period or select Disabled toturn off the polling.

19.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

20.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

21.Click Install.

22.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

23.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

24.Click ViPR.

25.Click Add new device.

SolutionPack for EMC ViPR ControllerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ViPR Controller 107

Page 108:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

26.In Server, select the ViPR Collector.

27.In Instance, select the ViPR instance.

28.For each ViPR Controller server from which you want to collect data, enter a uniquename, its public virtual IPv4 address, and credentials for an account with the SystemAdministrator role.

29.Click Test to validate the credentials.

30.Click Ok, and then Save.

SolutionPack for EMC ViPR ControllerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

108 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 109:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 17

SolutionPack for EMC VMAX

l Overview............................................................................................................. 110l Configuring the access credentials...................................................................... 111l Preparing EMC VMAX for discovery and data collection .......................................111l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................116l Troubleshooting Discovery Center connectivity failures....................................... 119l Updating SolutionPack alert definitions.............................................................. 122l Configuring Solutions Enabler client access for VMAX......................................... 122l Limitations..........................................................................................................126

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC VMAX 109

Page 110:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for EMC VMAX reports Input/Output Operations Per Second (IOPS) onDisks, directors, and devices to measure performance and assure service availability.Alerts are consolidated from EMC VMAX and shown on the All Alerts Console.

Main reports

Storage Pool Capacity PlanningTrending and forecasting capacity for all arrays and pools, giving expected capacitybased on trend

Thin DevicesTrending and forecasting capacity for all Thin Devices, giving bound devices capacityand the total Thin Devices consumed

TiersTrending and forecasting capacity for all arrays and tiers, giving expected capacitybased on trend

All disksTable listing information from all of the disks, including it's array, name, type, groupRPM, director, IOPS, throughput and capacity

By DiskGroupTable listing information from all of the disk groups, including it's array, disk groupname, director, raw capacity, hyper capacity, free capacity and usage percentage

Masking views SummaryCapacity as seen by hosts in the masking view

Pool CapacityCapacity information for all of the Pools available, including array, pool name, poolstate and capacity used

Configured UsableTrending and forecasting on the sum of all thick devices (including standard, BCVand R1 devices) plus the sum of all data devices (pool storage)

Hot SparesTrending and forecasting on the sum of disks dedicated as hot spares

RAID overheadReport on the array capacity used to support RAID protection overhead

UnconfiguredReport on all thick devices plus the sum of all data devices (pool storage)

Array IDOverview of all VMAX main components, physical and logical

ArraysLists all the VMAX systems

DisksLists all disks and related key information, for all arrays

DirectorsLists all directors and related key information, for all arrays

PortsLists all ports and status for all arrays

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

110 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 111:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

PoolsLists all pools and related key information, for all array.

Storage GroupsLists all Storage Groups and related key information

PortsLists all ports and status for all arrays

DevicesLists all devices and related key information, for all arrays

Storage Groups SummaryPerformance and capacity of all storage groups for this array, including IO Densityand Response Time

FE|BE|RDF DirectorsKey performance metrics for all directors and ports

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Configuring the access credentialsM&R uses different accounts when running SolutionPacks.

SMI-S Provider default credentials are provided during SolutionPack installation:

l Username - the default is adminl Password - the default is #1PasswordUnisphere for VMAX credentials:

l Username - the default is smcl Password - the default is smc

Preparing EMC VMAX for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support data collection before installing theSolutionPack for EMC VMAX and perform the necessary pre-configuration.

VMAX3 discovery scenarioVMAX3 discovery uses SMI-S Provider for collecting topology and Unisphere for VMAX forperformance details. Installing SMI-S and Unisphere for VMAX locally with the SRM VMAXCollector on a server not used for production allocation is recommended. Because of this,it is highly recommended that you use the local discovery scenario. In proxy mode, SMI-S(along with SE) will be installed on a host connected to arrays to be discovered. The SMI-S connectivity to an array can be tested using the TestSmiProvider utility, as shownbelow. This utility is installed where Solutions Enabler is installed. When using the utility,accept the default answers and then issue the dv command.

# cd /opt/emc/ECIM/ECOM/bin or ?:\Program Files\EMC\ECIM\ECOM\bin#./TestSmiProvider or TestSmiProvider.exeSolutionPack for EMC VMAXConfiguring the access credentials 103Connection Type (ssl,no_ssl,native) [no_ssl]:Host [localhost]:Port [5988]:

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configuring the access credentials 111

Page 112:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Username [admin]:Password [#1Password]:Log output to console [y|n (default y)]:Log output to file [y|n (default y)]:Logfile path [Testsmiprovider.log]:Connecting to localhost:5988….Namespace: root/emcrepeat count: 1(localhost:5988) ? dv++++ Display version information ++++Solutions Enabler version: V8.x.y.z

Firmware version information:(Local) VMAX 000283700466 (VMAX200K) : 5977.477.457(Local) VMAX 000283700467 (VMAX200K) : 5977.477.457(Local) VMAX 000283700472 (VMAX200K) : 5977.477.457

While installing the SolutionPack, you can verify VMAX3 connectivity on the ViPR SRMCollector Appliance via Discovery Center using the Test button.

VMAX/DMX discovery scenarioViPR SRM requires EMC Solutions Enabler to collect array topology details for VMAXarrays; optionally ViPR SRM requires Unisphere for VMAX and/or the EMC SMI-S Providerto collect array performance details. If both EMC Solutions Enabler and EMC SMI-SProvider are present, they must be on the same host. There are two supported scenariosfor topology collection. The local Solutions Enabler scenario is recommended becausethe Collector and Solutions Enabler are installed on the same server and ViPR SRM is notcompeting with the production Solutions Enabler/Unisphere for VMAX used for volumeallocation.

The Local Solutions Enabler scenario supports data collection for VMAX arrays using aVMAX SolutionPack Collector which has been installed on the same host as the SolutionEnabler software.l Implementing the Local Solutions Enabler scenario includes the advantages of

reduced network calls and a more secure configuration. However, the Collector VM/Host will require additional CPU and memory resources for the Local SolutionsEnabler.

l The Local Solutions Enabler scenario is the preferred configuration.l The Local Solutions Enabler scenario requires that each VMAX array have at least 8

Gatekeeper Devices be created on the host.

Note

If the Solutions Enabler was installed to a Virtual Machine then Raw Device Mappingsmust used when creating the Gatekeeper Devices.

l If a local Solutions Enabler install is conducted and if VMAX LUN Performance detailsare required, then it is recommended that you install the EMC SMI-S Provider kit onyour host since it includes the required Solutions Enabler components. This is incontrast to installing a standalone Solutions Enabler kit and then installing the SMI-SProvider over it which could potentially cause incompatibility issues if the SolutionsEnabler versions are different. Refer to EMC SMI-S Provider documentation forinstallation details. Starting with Solutions Enabler 8.0.1, the SMI-S Provider isincluded with the standalone Solutions Enabler kit.

In the Solutions Enabler proxy scenario, you install Solutions Enabler on the ViPR SRMCollector host designated to collect data from the VMAX.

You configure Solutions Enabler to communicate over TCP/IP with a Solutions Enablerinstance on the remote SYMAPI server (Array Provider).

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

112 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 113:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

To support collection using the SYMAPI Server, two additional gatekeepers will berequired per array on the remote Solutions Enabler host. For example, if there are alreadysix gatekeepers per array then you will need to add two more for a total of eightgatekeepers per array.

Creating VMAX collectors for discovery of Symmetrix arraysThe following procedure is the best practice for creating VMAX collectors for discovery ofSymmetrix arrays in ViPR SRM.

Procedure

1. Create a Windows (2008, 2012, 2012R2) or Linux (RH 5+, Suse 10+) Vmguest with 8RDM gatekeepers allocated to the server from each local Symmetrix array (Less than50,000 volumes total).

2. Size the server as follows: 8 CPUs, 32 GB RAM, 200 GB Storage.

3. Install Solutions Enabler with SMI-S and Unisphere for VMAX on the VMAX collectorserver. This server will only be used for ViPR SRM data collection (no productionallocation use).

4. Make sure the server can see no more than 50,000 Symmetrix volumes (64,000 forjumbo arrays) and be sure to leave room for growth. Run symcfg list from SolutionsEnabler to verify.

5. Create a symavoid file if too many Symmetrix arrays are visible until you get thevolume count on the server below 50,000 volumes (64,000 for jumbo arrays) and besure to allow for growth. You will be blocking the remote arrays as well in thesymavoid file. Remote arrays will be discovered in remote datacenters locally by aVMAX collector server there.

6. Install SRM collector software on this server. Add this server to ViPR SRM as a scaleout collector.

7. Install only the VMAX SolutionPack collector on this server.

8. Set the Java heap for the VMAX collector to 8 GB (8192).

9. In ViPR SRM, use only the local discovery option and enter the Solutions Enablerinstall directory, if it is not the default.

10.This server will be used to fill in the Unisphere for VMAX and SMI-S fields for discoveryin ViPR SRM.

Solutions Enabler proxy scenarioThe Solutions Enabler proxy scenario supports resource discovery and data collection forEMC VMAX.

In this scenario, no ViPR SRM software is installed on the SYMAPI server. Instead, a clienthost and server host proxy relationship is configured.

l Client host - You install Solutions Enabler on the ViPR SRM Collector host designatedto collect data from VMAX. The client host has no direct connectivity to the array. TheSolutions Enabler client is installed by default in vApp deployment.

l Server host - Solutions Enabler already exists on the SYMAPI server with connectivityand gatekeeper access to the array.

The client host is then configured for proxy communicate with the server host over TCP/IP(port 2707, which is the default). In this scenario, map two additional gatekeeper devicesto your SYMAPI server.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Creating VMAX collectors for discovery of Symmetrix arrays 113

Page 114:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Configuring Solutions Enabler proxy supportConfigure support for the Solutions Enabler proxy scenario.

Before you begin

l Install a supported version of EMC Solutions Enabler on the ViPR SRM Collector host.Refer to the EMC ViPR SRM Support Matrix for supported versions used with ViPR SRM.

l In a proxy configuration, you must maintain the same Solutions Enabler familyversion. A mixed 32-bit and 64-bit Solution Enabler is supported in a proxyconfiguration.

l Map two additional gatekeeper devices for ViPR SRM and present them to yourSYMAPI server.

l Ensure the storsrvd daemon is running on the Server host. You can confirm this byissuing the stordaemon list command on the Server host.

This procedure is applicable for Solutions Enabler or the Solutions Enabler installed withthe EMC SMI-S Provider.

Procedure

1. On the client host on which you installed Solutions Enabler, navigate to the netcnfgfile.

On Linux, the file is located at: /var/symapi/config/netcnfg.

On Windows the file is located at: ..\Program Files\EMC\SYMAPI\config2. Edit the file to add the remote host to which Solutions Enabler will communicate. Add

a line similar to the last line in the following example:

# This is a sample config -- where WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ is a valid IP address. ## Please use this format for your host. ## ## <SYMAPI_SERVER> - TCPIP node001 WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ 2707 - ## SYMAPI_SECURE - TCPIP node001 WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ 2707 SECURE # SYMAPI_SERVER - TCPIP hostname IP-address 2707 NONSECURE

Select NONSECURE when the server side is configured for NONSECURE, or ANY on thedeamons_options file in the SECURITY_LEVEL section.

3. On the SYMAPI server host, ensure that the SERVER license key is registered byreviewing the symapi\config\symapi_licenses.dat file. If it is not there, usethe symlmf utility to add the license key.

You can also control the Solutions Enabler licenses from the array.

Verifying the Solutions Enabler proxy configurationVerify proxy configuration success and , if necessary, identify and resolve anyconfiguration issues.

Procedure

1. From the SYMAPI server host, type sympd list to display a list of devices that arevisible to the host. Note the results.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

114 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 115:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. On the client host, type sympd list.

l If the results match, the configuration is complete.

l If the command issued from the client returns a message such as no devicesfound, continue to the next step.

3. To isolate the issue:

a. Verify that the same command works on the host with the FC connection to theSymmetrix array.

b. Verify that the environment variables for Solutions Enabler are set using thesymcli -def command.

c. Verify that the netcfg file has been edited using the symcfg -services listcommand.

d. Verify the arrays you intend to monitor using the symcfg list command.

e. Verify that two additional gatekeepers are provisioned from each Symmetrix arrayusing the sympd list command.

Configuring VMAX arrays for consolidation of availability alertsUse this procedure to configure forwarding of availability alert traps (SNMP v1) fromVMAX arrays to the suite.

VMAX performance alerts are collected using the discovery data collection configuration.

Procedure

1. Log into Solutions Enabler on the array provider host as an administrator.

2. Navigate to the daemon_options file in the C:\Program Files\EMC\SYMAPI\config\ directory.

3. In the parameter section SNMP_TRAP_CLIENT_REGISTRATION:

a. Uncomment the line storevntd:SNMP_TRAP_CLIENT_REGISTRATIONb. Add the ViPR SRM trap recipient IP to the trap filter. The trap recipient IP is the

Backend host IP.

The syntax is <IP>,<port>,<filter>,<state>, where <filter> is the filteringlevel for trap forwarding defined in the FCMGMT-MIB file.

Example: 10.31.90.148, 2041,10,ACTIVE4. In the parameter section LOG_EVENT_TARGETS, uncomment the line

storevntd:LOG_EVENT_TARGETS = snmp file.

5. To identify the arrays from which traps should be forwarded to the suite, type symcfglist, and press Enter.

6. For each array that should forward alert traps to ViPR SRM:

a. Type symcfg list, and press Enter.

b. In the parameter section LOG_SYMMETRIX_EVENTS, specify the appropriateevent categories in the format:

sid=<SYM serial number>, <event category 1>, <eventcategory 2>\Example: SID=000194900854, disk, device, device pool,director, srdf consistency group, srdfa session, srdf

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configuring VMAX arrays for consolidation of availability alerts 115

Page 116:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

link, srdf system, service processor, environmental,diagnostic, checksum, status, events, array subsystem,groups, optimizer, thresh_critical=3, thresh_major=2,thresh_warning=1, thresh_info=0 ;\

7. To reload the changes to the daemon_options file, type stordaemon actionstorevntd -cmd reload, and press Enter.

8. Ensure that the storevntd Event Daemon is running on the provider host.

9. If you have multiple VMAX array provider hosts in your storage environment, repeatthis procedure on each array provider host.

Installing the SolutionPackBefore you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l Managing Alert Consolidation explains how to configure alerts consolidation.

Note

Data collection instances cannot collect data for both VMAX2/DMX and VMAX3 andarrays at the same time. You need to define separate instances if you plan to collect bothVMAX2/DMX and VMAX3 data. It is recommended to include "V2" or "V3" in the name ofthe instance to easily select the right instance in the Discovery Center when adding serialnumbers to collect.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

You cannot collect VMAX3 and VMAX2 arrays using the same instance. It is suggestedto indicate the type of VMAX in the instance name ("V2" or "V3") to ease the deviceconfiguration.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

116 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 117:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

13.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

14.From the Type of VMAX array collected drop-down menu, select the type of VMAXarrays collected with this data collection instance.

You cannot collect VMAX3 and VMAX2 arrays using the same instance.

15.Configure the collection intervals as needed.

16.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

17.Click Install.

18.Click Ok when the installation is complete.

19.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

20.Click EMC VMAX.

21.Click Add new device.

22.In Server, select the server where the device will be dispatched.

23.In Instance, select the instance of the emc-vmax-collect where the device will bedispatched.

Select the same type of VMAX array as the selected SolutionPack Block instance.

24.In Array Full Serial Number, type the Symmetrix 12-digit serial number for which datawill be collected.

To view the list of arrays, enter * in place of the Array Full Serial Number and click Testor run the symcli command symcfg list.

Note

EMC recommends not to exceed six medium-sized (30K-40K devices) VMAX arrays foreach VMAX collector.

25.In Type of performance collection (excluding LUN), select the type of source forperformance metrics related to the array and its components (except LUN).

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 117

Page 118:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Option Description

None Do not collect performance metrics

SMI-S Collect performance metrics via SMI-S

Unisphere for VMAX Collect performance metrics via Unisphere for VMAX

26.In Type of performance collection for LUN, select the type of source for performancemetrics related to the array LUNs.

Option Description

None Do not collect LUN performance metrics

SMI-S Collect LUN performance metrics via SMI-S

27.Check Enable SRDF Groups Collection if you want to see fully populated SRDF reports.

28.If you are collecting data for VMAX2/DMX arrays, enter the following settings in theSYMCLI configuration section:

a. If Solutions Enabler was installed in the default location, leave the SolutionsEnabler bin directory empty. If Solutions Enabler was installed in another location,type the path to the bin directory.

b. In Connection type, select Remote if you are using the Solutions Enabler proxyscenario or Local if you are using a local Solutions Enabler scenario. Refer to Preparing EMC VMAX for discovery and data collection on page 111.

c. In SYMCLI Connection name, type the remote connection name. This is the nameof a SYMCLI service, which is configured in the netconfig file (netcnfg). This isnot a host name. To view the name that is configured, use the symcfg list -services command.

d. Check Use -offline mode as needed.

Enabling SYMCLI offline mode reduces CPU load on front-end directors whereSolutions Enabler gatekeeper devices are located. Use this option only if the SMI-SProvider or Unisphere for VMAX are running on the same Solutions Enabler wherethe SYMCLI commands will be executed.

29.If you are collecting data for VMAX3 arrays, or collecting performance data via SMI-S,enter the following settings in the SMI-S configuration section:

a. In SMI-S Provider/CIMOM host, type the name, FQDN, or IP address of the SMI-Sprovider host.

b. In SMI-S Provider/CIMOM port, type the port on which the SMI-S provider islistening if it is different from the default port.

c. In Username and Password, type the SMI-S credentials to use.

d. Check Enable Secure Connection (SSL) to enable SSL for all communicationsbetween the collector and the SMI-S provider.

e. In SMI-S version, select the appropriate version of the SMI-S provider.

30.If you are collecting performance data via Unisphere for VMAX, enter the followingsettings in the Unisphere for VMAX configuration section:

a. In Unisphere hostname or IP address, type the name, FQDN, or IP address of theUnisphere for VMAX host.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

118 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 119:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

b. In Unisphere network port, type the port on which Unisphere for VMAX is listening.

c. In Username and Password, type the Unisphere for VMAX credentials to use.

d. In Unisphere version, select the appropriate version of Unisphere for VMAX.

e. Check Collect MAX values from Unisphere to collect additional performancemetrics (maximum values of some of the metrics usually collected).

31.Click Test to validate the credentials.

For information about connectivity test failures, refer to Troubleshooting DiscoveryCenter connectivity failures on page 119.

32.Click Ok.

33.Click Save.

Performance data will be displayed in about an hour.

Discovery of large (> 20K devices) Symmetrix arrays may take long periods of time dueto the number of volumes. To address this, discover the Symmetrix on its owninstance. This will prevent the discovery from impacting the discovery of other arrayson the same SYMAPI connection and allows the smaller arrays to complete during thepolling schedule.

Troubleshooting Discovery Center connectivity failuresDiscovery Center enables you to test connectivity between the ViPR SRM VMAX collectorand the VMAX array providers.

Viewing the Test button test resultsTest results are displayed in the Test button tool tip.

In addition to providing error and warning messages, the test results tool tip alsoprovides useful information such as: SYMCLI version, SYMAPI version, SYMAPI Run Timeversion, SYMAPI Server version, number of dedicated gate keepers per array, andSYMAUTH users.

Procedure

1. Navigate to Centralized Management > Discovery Center > Devices Management > EMCVMAX.

2. Select a device and click Test.

3. Once the connectivity test is completed, hover over the Test button or click the statusicon to display the test results tool tip.

4. Click Click to show/hide the full result.

The tool tip expands to display the full test results.

Example 1 Example test results

Tests completed successfully. Testing VMAX2 configuration...

Testing SYMCLI configurationChecking /opt/emc/SYMCLI/binDetected remote connect. Verifying netcnfg entry...

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Troubleshooting Discovery Center connectivity failures 119

Page 120:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Example 1 Example test results (continued)

Service Name lglah135_Server present in /var/symapi/config/netcnfg.lglah135_Server TCPIP lglah135 10.247.59.135 52707 ANY

Please ensure Solutions Enabler Base Daemon(storapid), Event Daemon(storevntd), and SYMAPI Server Daemon(storsrvd) are running on the remote Solutions Enabler host.Verify the Collector host's netcnfg entry matches the SYMAPI Server Daemon's SYMAPI Session Port and Security Level.SYMCLI version information:

Symmetrix CLI (SYMCLI) Version : V7.6.2.56 (Edit Level: 1808) Built with SYMAPI Version : V7.6.2.56 (Edit Level: 1808) SYMAPI Run Time Version : V7.6.2.56 (Edit Level: 1808) SYMAPI Server Version : V7.6.2.25 (Edit Level: 1808)

Serial number 000195700985 found on SYMCLI provider.Microcode found for 000195700985: 5876Model based on microcode: VMAXSYMINQ informationNumber of Dedicated Gatekeeper Devices are: 1

SYMACL Configuration:SYMACL Status: N/ASYMAUTH Configuration:SYMAUTH Status: Disabled - Users: S Y M M E T R I X A U T H O R I Z A T I O N U S E R SSymmetrix ID: 000195700985FlagsRole User/Group name Component E--------------- ----------------------------- ------------------------- -----Admin User C:lglah135\a1~`#$%^&()_* N/A .Admin User H:lglah135\Administrator N/A .Admin User appadmin N/A .Admin User prosphere N/A .Admin User smc N/A .Admin User C:lglah135\tony N/A .Admin User C:lgloe022.lss.emc.com\* N/A .Admin User C:lgloe173.lss.emc.com\* N/A .Monitor User Administrator N/A .Monitor User apg N/A .Monitor User H:lglbb234\apg N/A .Monitor User C:lglba039.lss.emc.com\* N/A .Monitor User root N/A .Monitor User System N/A .Legend for Flags:(E) : N = Rule has no effect since a different rule grants greater rights.: . = Rule is active.

Testing SMI-S configurationTrying to connect to SMI-S provider at http://lglah135.lss.emc.com:6988/cimomSuccessfully connected to SMI-S provider.Successfully validated SMI-S provider version.Serial number 000195700985 found on SMI provider lglah135.lss.emc.com.

Testing Unisphere configuration(s)Trying to connect to Unisphere[0] at https://lglah135.lss.emc.com:8446/univmax/restapi/performance/Array/keysSuccessfully connected to Unisphere.Found UNIVMAXPA version V1.6.2.11 registered with UniSphereSuccessfully validated Unisphere version.Serial number 000195700985 found on Unisphere lglah135.lss.emc.com.

Serial number 000195700985 found on at least one Unisphere host.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

120 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 121:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Understanding the test messagesThis section describes common test result messages.

Serial number errors

>>>ERROR: Serial number <serial_number> NOT found on SYMCLI provider. Enter * to see the list of available serial numbers.

The above message is displayed when the provided serial number cannot be found onthe Solutions Enabler server.

To get a complete list of the available serial numbers behind the Solutions Enabler host,enter * in Array Full Serial Number and click Test.

>>>ERROR: <serial_number> was detected as VMAX3 based on microcode '5997' but VMAX/VMAX2 was selected.

The above message is displayed when a VMAX3 serial number is entered when VMAX/VMAX2 was selected during SolutionPack installation.

Solutions Enabler path and file errors

>>>ERROR: No files found in the specified path <specified_path>, please check manually.

The above message is displayed when the Solutions Enabler bin directory path that youspecified during SolutionPack installation cannot be found. The default Solutions Enablerpath for Linux is /opt/emc/SYMCLI/bin and the default path for Windows is C:\Program Files\EMC\SYMCLI\bin.

>>>ERROR: symcfg file not found in the specified path <specified_path>, please check manually.

The above message is displayed when the specified path exists, but the symcfgexecution file cannot be found.

netcnfg errors

>>>ERROR: Did not find netcnfg file, please check manually.

The above message is displayed when the netcnfg file cannot be found in the defaultpath. The default path for Linux is /var/symapi/config and the default path forWindows is C:\Program Files\EMC\SYMAPI\config.

>>>ERROR: Could not find Service Name <service_name> in /var/symapi/config/netcnfg

The above message is displayed when there are no SYMAPI Connection name entriespresent in the netcnfg file or when there is no matching entry to what was specifiedduring SolutionPack installation. You can get the netcnfg entries using the followingsymcli command: symcfg list -services

>>>WARNING: Connect_string <connect_string> matches multiple entries in netcnfg file

The above message is displayed when there are multiple entries in the netcnfg file withthe same connect string, but with different cases (uppercase and lowercase characters).

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Understanding the test messages 121

Page 122:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

The connectivity test will not fail if there are multiple netcnfg entries because netcnfgentries are case insensitive, however symcli will use the first entry. You can verify the portand security level mentioned in the netcnfg entry from the Solutions Enabler server. OnLinux, check: /opt/emc/symapi/daemon_options. On Windows, check C:\Program Files\EMC\SYMAPI\config\daemon_options.

Number of dedicated gatekeepers

Number of dedicated GKs for Array <array_serial_number>:0

The above message indicates the number of dedicated gatekeepers for an array. Theconnectivity test will not fail if the number of dedicated gatekeepers is zero becausethere could be non-dedicated gatekeepers available. The number of gatekeepersrecommended for an array for a Solution Enabler host is six. These include bothdedicated and non-dedicated gatekeepers.

To check dedicated gatekeepers, run the symcli command syminq –sym –symmids andgrep for a specific array serial number. On top of it grep for ‘GK’.

For more information on gatekeepers, run the following command on the SolutionsEnabler host: stordaemon action storapid -cmd show -gk_stats -sid<serial_number>For detailed information on gatekeeper management, refer to the EMC Solutions EnablerInstallation Guide.

Updating SolutionPack alert definitionsDuring SolutionPack update, any new alert definitions supported in the updated versiondo not get updated by default. This is expected behavior.

To add newly introduced alert definitions after updating, follow the steps below.

Procedure

1. In Centralized Management, navigate to SolutionPacks > Storage > EMC VMAX in thetree.

2. In the table, click the pen icon button to the left of Pre-configured alerts.

3. Click Reconfigure.

4. In the Alerting Frontend, navigate to Local Mananger > Alert definitions > EMC VMAX tosee the newly added alert definitions.

Configuring Solutions Enabler client access for VMAXSymmetrix Authorization using symauth provides secure user-based authorization andsymacl provides host-based authorization. Use this procedure in environments in whichSymmetrix Authorization is enabled.

Before you begin

Ensure that you have configured an appropriate Solutions Enabler scenario as describedin Preparing EMC VMAX for discovery and data collection on page 111.

For more detailed information about Solutions Enabler, refer to the following documents:

l EMC Solutions Enabler Symmetrix Array Management Product Guidel EMC Solutions Enabler Symmetrix Security Configuration Guide

The following configuration procedures are specific to a Solutions Enabler proxyconfiguration. However, you can also use these procedures for a local Solutions Enabler

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

122 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 123:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

configuration in which the ViPR SRM Collector software is installed directly on the existingSYMAPI Solutions Enabler server. The term "client" refers to the host where the Collectorsoftware has been installed.

When symauth is enabled, check that the user ‘apg’ is present in the user list and thatthe role is Monitor or Storage Admin or Admin to access masking and mapping data. Youcan check the user role using the Discovery Center Test button. For more information, see Viewing the Test button test results on page 119.

Note

Solutions Enabler 7.6.2.25 (hotfix 1843/service alert 1708) allows the Monitor role tohave sufficient access to obtain masking and mapping data from symaccess or symmask.Prior to 7.6.2.25, the Monitor role was not sufficient and the Storage Admin or Admin rolewas required to obtain the masking and mapping data.

Procedure

1. Validate if Symmetrix Authorization is enabled by running the symauth listcommand on the host that has direct FC connectivity to the arrays to be managed.

2. Check the status displayed in the the Authorization Control section todetermine the required action:

Option Description

Disabled Symmetrix Authorization is not configured. In this case, do nothing.

Enabled Symmetrix Authorization is configured. In this case, you must configurethe apg user and ViPR SRM hosts that will be issuing commands.Continue to step 3.

3. If Symmetrix Authorization is enabled, use the following procedures to complete theconfiguration:

a. Configuring host access on page 123

b. Adding client hosts to existing SYMAUTH configuration on page 124

c. Enabling client authorization on page 125

d. Validating Symmetrix access controls on page 125

Configuring host accessEnable the ViPR SRM apg account to access the local Solutions Enabler resources andlogs.

This procedure provides an example of configuring access on a host using the Linuxoperating system.

Procedure

1. Log in to the Solutions Enabler client host.

2. Navigate to /var/symapi3. Grant the apg user write access to the following Solutions Enabler directories and

contents:

a. chown -R apg <SYMAPI_HOME>/config

b. chown -R apg <SYMAPI_HOME>/db

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configuring host access 123

Page 124:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

4. Repeat steps 1-3 for each VMAX Collector server.

5. Grant the apg user authorization for the Solutions Enabler storapid daemon bynavigating to <SYMAPI_HOME>/config/daemon_users and adding the followingline to the storapid[Base Daemon] section of the file:

apg storapid <all>6. Save and exit the daemon_users file.

7. Set a password for the apg user.

8. Repeat steps 5-7 for each VMAX collector server.

9. Log out and log in as the apg user and run symauth show -username to determinethe fully-qualified account name.

10.Make note of the value displayed in your current username. For example:H:system_name\apg

11.Repeat steps 9-11 for each VMAX Collector server.

Adding client hosts to existing SYMAUTH configurationEnable the apg user with read-only monitoring access for VMAX arrays using SolutionsEnabler User Authorization.

Before you begin

Complete the procedure described in Configuring host access on page 123.

You must be logged in as Root or Administrator.

Perform the following procedure for each VMAX you want to enable ViPR SRM to access.

Procedure

1. Run the symauth -sid <SID> list command to determine if User AuthorizationControl is enabled on the local client system.

l If User Authorization Control is disabled (Disabled) for the specific VMAX,proceed to Enabling client authorization on page 125.

l If User Authorization Control is enabled (Enabled) and in use (Enforced) for thespecific VMAX, continue with this procedure.

2. Ensure that you are logged in with an existing privileged account (e.g., root oradministrator).

3. Use the find / -name auth.txt command to find the auth.txt file.

4. Navigate to the folder with the auth.txt file.

5. Edit the file to include a line based on the results obtained from performing theprocedure described in Configuring host access on page 123. For example:

assign user H:system_name\apg to role Admin;6. Save the file.

7. Use the symauth -sid <SID> -f auth.txt command to commit changes to theUser Authorization User-to-Role map.

8. Repeat this procedure for each VMAX array.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

124 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 125:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Enabling client authorizationUse this procedure when User Authorization Control is disabled (Disabled) for thespecific VMAX and you want to restrict the apg user to a monitoring role without limitingother accounts in the environment.

Before you begin

You determined that User Authorization Control is disabled by performing the taskdescribed in Adding client hosts to existing SYMAUTH configuration on page 124.

You are logged in to the client host with local root or administrator credentials.

Procedure

1. Create an auth.txt file with the following contents:

assign user * to role Admin;

set enforcement enforce;

assign user H:system_name\apg to role Admin;

2. Repeat step 1 for each VMAX Collector server.

3. Use the symauth -sid <SID> -f auth.txt command to commit changes to theUser Authorization User-to-Role map.

4. Repeat step 3 for each VMAX array.

5. Use the symauth -sid <SID> enable command to enable User AuthorizationControl for a specific VMAX array.

6. Repeat step 5 for each VMAX array.

7. Use the symauth list command to validate that User Authorization Control is enabledand enforced.

S Y M M E T R I X A U T H O R I Z A T I O N S T A T U S

Symmetrix ID: 000195700363

Authorization Control : Enabled

Time Enabled : Mon Aug 5 12:51:08 2013 Time Disabled : Thu Aug 1 15:54:23 2013 Time Updated : Mon Aug 5 12:51:08 2013

Enforcement Mode : Enforce Server Policy : Trust clients

Validating Symmetrix access controlsValidate that the Symmetrix Access Control (SymACL) security feature is enabled and inuse on VMAX systems.

Before you begin

You are logged in to the client host with local root or administrator credentials.

In order for all masking and mapping details to be collected, the Solutions Enabler hostshould belong to an Access Group that has been granted VLOGIX permissions for theALL_DEVS access pool.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Enabling client authorization 125

Page 126:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Procedure

1. Run the symacl list command for each VMAX array. Status information isdisplayed.

S Y M M E T R I X A C C E S S C O N T R O L S T A T U S

Symmetrix ID: 000195700363

Access Session Control Locked Time Last Updated -------- ------- ------------------------- N/A N/A N/A

Symmetrix ID: 000195700932

Access Session Control Locked Time Last Updated -------- ------- ------------------------- N/A N/A N/A

l If the Access Control field indicates N/A, SymACL is not enabled on this VMAXsystem. No action is necessary.

l If the Access Control field indicates Enabled, continue this procedure to secureViPR SRM client systems from a host system in the existing SymACL AdminGrpfor each VMAX system.

2. Create a SymACL access group appropriate to contain the ViPR SRM client systems(e.g., SRMGRP)

3. Add each client system's unique identifier to the access group.

4. Repeat for each ViPR SRM client host system.

5. Grant BASE access rights to the access group just created for all devices (ALL_DEVS).

6. Repeat this procedure for each VMAX system monitored by ViPR SRM.

Limitation: some alerts not displayedViPR SRM fails to receive and display some alerts

If a trap is lost in the network communication, Solutions Enabler is not aware of the hostand is not able to resend the lost information.

Limitationsl CSV files that were exported from Discovery Center with a release prior to ViPR SRM

3.7 cannot be used to import devices into ViPR SRM 3.7.

l When using SMI-S 8.0.3.x for discovery of VMAX3 devices, the SRDF Groups reportsdoes not display SRDF Link Status, Last Link Status Change Time, SRDF Type, andVolume Count values. VMAX3 topology collection cannot obtain the SRDF Type andLink Status from 8.0.3.x SMI-S Providers because the provider does not currentlysupport it.

l When using versions of SMI-S earlier than 8.1.0.0 for VMAX collection, unmaskedGatekeeper or SRDF devices may have LUN metrics with an incorrect"ismapped=false" property when the devices are actually mapped.

SolutionPack for EMC VMAXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

126 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 127:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 18

SolutionPack for EMC VNX

l Overview............................................................................................................. 128l Preparing your VNX for discovery and data collection.......................................... 129l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................130l Updating SolutionPack alert definitions.............................................................. 133l Changing VNX object credentials using Discovery Center.....................................133l Limitations..........................................................................................................134

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC VNX 127

Page 128:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for EMC VNX collects performance, topology, and capacity data fromyour VNX and VNXe systems and displays the data in easy-to-use reports within ViPRSRM.

With this SolutionPack, you can unify your view of multiple VNX and VNXe systems,including physical storage to virtual storage relationships. Capacity reports, such as RawCapacity Usage, Usable Capacity, and File Systems Allocation, help you to improve theavailability of business critical applications and services by ensuring that thoseapplications have the storage resources they need to operate effectively.

Main reports

SummaryOverview dashboard

Array SummaryReports the system type, serial number, system name, IP, model and OE.

Block, <SERIAL #>Reports indicators such as Raw capacity, number of LUNs and if the element is inproblem.

Raw CapacityReports the overall raw capacity in TB.

Block Usable CapacityReports the overall block usable capacity.

FileSystems UtilizationReports free and used capacity across all FileSystems.

CPU (%)Reports the overall CPU and DataMover usage throughout all of the systems.

Block Throughput (IOPS)Reports the overall Block IOPS across all VNX/CLARiiON systems.

File Throughput (IOPS)Reports the overall File IOPS across all VNX volumes.

Block Systems (All Reports)Reports key indicators such as block usable capacity and processor utilization.

File Systems (All Reports)Reports key indicators such as CIFS/NFS IOPS, deduplication, and the number ofCIFS/NFS shares.

Integrated Unified Systems (All Reports)Reports key indicators for VNXe systems such as the amount of IOPS and the overallhealth of the systems.

ManagementReports a summary of all systems including their model, serial number, system OEand number of metrics.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

128 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 129:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Preparing your VNX for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for EMC VNX and perform the necessary pre-configuration.

ViPR SRM uses Navisphere Secure CLI (NavisecCLI) installed on the suite Collector host toaccess the VNX arrays.

EMC recommends matching Naviseccli versions with Block Operating Environmentversions of VNX systems configured in the Collector. For information on compatible BlockOE and Naviseccli versions, refer to the VNX OE for Block Release Notes and the UnisphereHost Agent/CLI and Utilities Release Notes on EMC Online Support.

For block and unified data collection, you must enable statistics logging on the array. Toenable statistics logging, refer to Unisphere documentation.

To prevent ViPR SRM discovery issues after a VNX control station failover, ensure that thesrmuser home directory exists on both the active and secondary control stations. When aGlobal or LDAP user is first created on a VNX, the user's home directory is created on theactive control station. When the first failover to the secondary control station occurs, theVNX does not create the user's home directory on the secondary control station. Manuallycreate the home directory on the secondary control station if needed.

Configuring simple authenticationYou can configure simple authentication with VNX arrays using the default ViPR SRMaccount.

In order to poll and collect performance statistics from a VNX array, administratorprivileges are required for the user account used to access the arrays.

Note

The preferred method for secure polling and collection of data from VNX arrays is toconfigure authentication using a Unisphere security file. Refer to Unisphere security fileauthentication on page 129.

Procedure

1. Configure the default ViPR SRM account (apg) with administrator privileges to accessthe VNX array as described in the Unisphere documentation.

2. Validate access to the VNX array by running the following block command:naviseccli -h (host) -user username -password password -scope 0getagent

Unisphere security file authenticationA Unisphere security file is the preferred method to provide secure polling and datacollection from VNX arrays.

When you create a security file, the username you use to log in to the current host isautomatically stored in the security file, or you can specify an alternative username forthe security file in the -AddUserSecurity request using the optional -user switch. Ifyou omit the -user switch, the security file uses your current username. You can alsotarget the security file at a specific storage system using the -ip option.

You can store the security file on the Collector host and edit parser XML files to includethis path which will provide the required authentication to access the arrays.

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Preparing your VNX for discovery and data collection 129

Page 130:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Note the following:

l By default, the security file is stored in your default home directory. With NavisecCLI,you can specify an alternative file path using the optional -secfilepath switch.

l Security files are generated exclusively for use by the user who creates them. Bydefault, the EMC VNX collector manager runs under the accounts apg (for Linux) orSYSTEM (for Windows). In order to use a Navisphere CLI security file in this defaultconfiguration, the security file must be created using the above account(s). If thecollector is configured to run as a different user (such as in the scenario described inthe EMC White Paper Running Windows Collector Services Using Least Privileges, https://community.emc.com/docs/DOC-36060), the security file to be used by thecollector must have also been created by that same user account.

l Important: For VNX collectors running on Windows, explicitly specifying the fullsecurity file path is required when configuring VNX discoveries, even if the securityfile resides in the default %USERPROFILE% directory.

l Once the security file exists, you can edit XML configuration files that are used to polland collect data to specify the path to the security file on the Collector host. Thesecurity file handles authentication.

l For details on configuring a security file on a host, refer to the Unispheredocumentation.

Configuring VNX arrays for file storage discoveryLearn how to configure VNX arrays for file storage discovery.

Procedure

1. Log into Control Station as the root user.

2. Open the nas_mcd.cfg configuration file in the /nas/sys/ directory.

3. Enable the XML–API service by uncommenting the following entry:

daemon "XML API Server" executable "/nas/sbin/start_xml_api_server" optional yes canexit yes autorestart yes ioaccess no

4. Type # service nas start, and press Enter to restart the XML-API service.

5. If you have multiple VNX arrays in your storage environment, repeat this procedure oneach VNX array.

Installing the SolutionPackAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Before you begin

l Core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all module dependenciesare validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l Managing Alert Consolidation explains how to configure alerts consolidation

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

130 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 131:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.Make a selection in the Alerting on data collection field.

If you select Add a new Alerting on data collection, select the appropriate value fromthe drop-down menu in the Alerting Web-Service Instance field.

11.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

12.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

13.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

14.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

15.In Event server hostname or IP address, select the Backend host on which the EventsListener is installed.

16.In Event server port number select the port number for the event server.

17.Select Configure Alert consolidation.

18.In Alert consolidation server hostname or IP address, select the Primary Backendhost.

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 131

Page 132:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

19.In Alert consolidation server port number, select the port used for alert consolidation.

20.In Naviseccli Path, type the path if using a non-default path, or leave blank if you areusing the default path.

21.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling and alert settings.

22.Click Next.

23.From the Event database drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Event database.

If you select Add a new Event database, type the information about the new eventdatabase.

24.Click Next.

25.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select the Frontend host.

26.Click Install.

27.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

28.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

29.Click VNX.

30.Click Add new device.

31.From Server, select the server where the device will be dispatched.

32.From Instance, select the instance of the emc-vnx-collect where the device will bedispatched.

33.In VNX type, select Block, File, Unified, or Integrated Unified.

If the following fields appear, enter the information specified:

a. In Unique friendly name for the VNX system, type the name.

b. In SP A IP, type the IP address of the SPA.

c. In SP B IP, type the IP address of the SPB.

d. In Use Naviseccli security file, select this checkbox if you are using the securityfile.

e. In User Scope, select LDAP, Global or Local.

f. In Naviseccli Username and Naviseccli Password, type the Naviseccli credentialsfor the block storage systems.

g. In Primary control station IP, type the IP address of the primary control station.

h. In Secondary control station IP, type the IP address of the secondary controlstation.

i. In VNX File username and VNX File password, type the credentials for the filestorage system.

j. In Management IP or hostname, type the IP address for the integrated unifiedsystem.

k. In Username, type the username for the integrated unified system.

l. In Password, type the password for the integrated unified system.

34.Click Test to validate the credentials.

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

132 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 133:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Note

The Test button tests array connectivity and credentials using the default user apg(Linux) or SYSTEM (Windows). If the VNX collector-manager is configured to run undera custom user (not the default) and uses a Naviseccli security file that is configuredfor that user, the Test results will show failures. However, these can safely be ignoredif the underlying collector-manager user & security file are correctly configured.

35.Click Ok.

36.Click Save.

37.In the tree, click SolutionPacks and navigate to the EMC VNX SolutionPack to verifythe installation.

After you finish

After installing or updating a SolutionPack, new data will not be available for threepolling cycles. The data is available to the UI every hour with the Property Store task. Thistask can be run earlier, if desired, by selecting the Property Store task found on theFrontend host.

Updating SolutionPack alert definitionsWhen you update a SolutionPack, any modified alert definitions supported in theupdated version are not updated by default. This is expected behavior.

To update all of the alerts:

Procedure

1. In the Alerting Frontend, navigate to Local Manager > Alert definitions > <SolutionPackName> definitions.

2. Highlight <SolutionPack Name> definitions, and click the Export icon to create abackup of the old alerts.

3. Delete all of the non-custom alerts below the <SolutionPack Name> definitions node.

4. In Centralized Management, navigate to SolutionPacks > Storage > <SolutionPackName> in the tree.

5. In the table, click the Reconfigure icon in the Pre-configured alerts row.

6. Click Reconfigure.

7. In the Alerting Frontend, navigate to Local Manager > Alert definitions > <SolutionPackName> definitions to see the updated alert definitions.

Changing VNX object credentials using Discovery CenterUsing Discovery Center, you can export, modify, and then import VNX credentials.

Procedure

1. From Centralized Management, click Discovery Center > Devices Management > EMCVNX.

2. Click Export and save the .csv file.

3. Open the .csv file in a text editor, such as Notepad++.

4. In the file, identify the credentials that need to be changed.

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Updating SolutionPack alert definitions 133

Page 134:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

In the example below, the username and password for test-user has beenidentified.

Server,Instance,type,friendlyname,block.spa,block.spb,block.use_secfile,block.secfilepath,block.userscope,block.username,block.password,file.csprimary,file.cssecondary,file.username,file.password,unity.management,unity.username,unity.password ‘servername.emc.com’,'emc-vnx','unified','FNM00130900273','lglad065','lglad066','false',,'global','test-user','{5D6FAF32A927B424BFD17D71D5F6C85AC37CE3232E9012FE490DE4825098BCA753E17FDC23F4E60C53320DA7E9FCC4AA}','lglad064',,'nasadmin','{9039753E3695E8B7027D0B95749AF1620E2A392FB1224E6DF4A19266F1F4859F6C6F7916124ACB801DB00BCADFBA6DCC}',,, ‘servername.emc.com’,'emc-vnx','block','FNM00083700047','lglad053','lglad054','false',,'global','emc','{A921446A3F75CF9174C9365B8073E3F33732087BB8C2694B8215AFA8051D970E4128A57E63342BE997C0BFE3C10F6468}',,,,,,,

5. Change the credentials in the .csv file.

In the example below, test-user has been changed to test2 and the passwordhas been changed to password456.

Server,Instance,type,friendlyname,block.spa,block.spb,block.use_secfile,block.secfilepath,block.userscope,block.username,block.password,file.csprimary,file.cssecondary,file.username,file.password,unity.management,unity.username,unity.password‘servername.emc.com’,'emc-vnx','unified','FNM00130900273','lglad065','lglad066','false',,'global','test2','password456','lglad064',,'nasadmin','{9039753E3695E8B7027D0B95749AF1620E2A392FB1224E6DF4A19266F1F4859F6C6F7916124ACB801DB00BCADFBA6DCC}',,,‘servername.emc.com’,'emc-vnx','block','FNM00083700047','lglad053','lglad054','false',,'global','emc','{A921446A3F75CF9174C9365B8073E3F33732087BB8C2694B8215AFA8051D970E4128A57E63342BE997C0BFE3C10F6468}',,,,,,,

6. Save the .csv file.

7. In Discovery Center, click Import.

8. Select the Merge the devices with the existing ones? checkbox.

9. Click Browse to find the .csv file with the new credentials.

10.Click Ok.

A dialog appears indicating that the devices have been replaced (all of them will berefreshed, even if the credentials were only updated for one object).

11.Click Continue.

The Discovery Center credentials page refreshes, displaying all contents in italics.

12.Click Save for the changes to take effect.

This will restart the VNX collector instance(s) and update the credentials that areused.

Limitationsl VNX Free Raw Disk Capacity values are not the same as EMC Unisphere Free Raw

Capacity values. Unisphere Free Raw Capacity counts both internal operation space

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

134 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 135:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

(vault drives) and the space available for user LUNs. Free Raw Disk Capacity onlycounts the space available for user LUNs.

l The displayed value for Quota Capacity is different from that of the CLI. The CLIreturns values in KB with a greater level of precision than the Unisphere returns whichare in GB and taken out to three levels of precision.

l Hot Spare values are incorrect for VNX devices using FLARE/OE 33. In FLARE/OE 33,the VNX series supports a new hot spare policy where any unbound disk is availablefor use as a hot spare. Therefore, disks are not specifically marked as hot spares, butrather as unbound disks. As a result, ViPR SRM incorrectly counts hot spare disks asunconfigured capacity.

l VNX Statistics Logging will stop when VNX Performance Logging stops if PerformanceLogging was enabled before Statistics Logging was enabled. To prevent this fromhappening, manually enable Statistics Logging via Unisphere or NaviCLI (using thesetstats -on command) before enabling Performance Logging (which isoptional). In this way, even if the optional Performance Logging stops, ViPR SRM willbe able to continue collecting performance metrics.

l CSV files that were exported from Discovery Center with a release prior to ViPR SRM3.7 cannot be used to import devices into ViPR SRM 3.7.

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Limitations 135

Page 136:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC VNXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

136 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 137:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 19

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEX

l Overview............................................................................................................. 138l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................139l Configure VPLEX SNMP........................................................................................141l Limitations..........................................................................................................141

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEX 137

Page 138:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for EMC VPLEX collects performance, topology, and capacity data fromyour VPLEX systems and displays the data in easy-to-use reports within ViPR SRM.

With this SolutionPack, you can unify your view of multiple VPLEX systems, includingphysical storage to virtual storage relationships. Capacity reports, such as Thick, Thin,Allocated and Not Allocated, help you to improve the availability of business criticalapplications and services by ensuring that those applications have the storage resourcesthey need to operate effectively.

Main reports

SolutionPack / EMC VPLEXOverview dashboard

Back-end Throughput (IOPS)Reports the Back-end throughput (IOPS) for all VPLEX systems

Front-end Throughput (IOPS)Reports the Front-end throughput (IOPS) for all VPLEX systems

Front-end Bandwidth (KB/s)Reports the Front-end bandwidth (KB/s) for all VPLEX systems

Local Storage CapacityReports the overall storage capacity, including key indicators related to Capacity andVolumes

Distributed Storage CapacityReports the overall distributed storage capacity for all VPLEX systems

Shared Storage CapacityReports the overall shared storage capacity for all VPLEX systems

ClustersDrill-down report containing a summary of all clusters, including the cluster name,version, management IP, directors count, arrays count and virtual volumes count

Performance ReportsDrill-down report that reports Directors Processor (Global), Directors Processor (perCPU), and the Heap Used (%)

Capacity ReportsDrill-down report containing key indicators of Host to Physical Array End-To-EndView, Capacity per Array and Thick versus Thin

Port InventorySummarizes the ports on VPLEX systems

TopN Storage View ReportsDrill-down report containing key indicators of the TopN Storage Views per Capacity,IOPs and Throughput

Distributed StorageSummarizes the distributed storage devices on VPLEX systems

Inactive Device and Components reportsShows devices & sub-components which haven't been updated in more than 24hours

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

138 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 139:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l Before installing confirm that the VPLEX model is supported.

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l Identify the VPLEX type (Geo, Metro or Local), VPLEX Cluster IP/Hostname, VPLEXCluster Serial Number, and valid credentials.

l Check that a sink file is listed for each of the directors on the cluster.If the sink file is not listed for a director, check that the clusters and their associateddirectors are operating correctly. If the monitors are not created the SolutionPack canstill be installed, but the performance data will be missing for the correspondingdirectors. For instance, if cluster-2 is down then you could still install theSolutionPack but it will not collect any performance data for directors on that cluster.

l While adding a new device, ensure that the correct VPLEX type is selected. Do not adda Geo or Metro VPLEX System as two separate Local VPLEX Systems.

l While adding a new device, ensure that cluster 1 IP and serial number are notinterchanged with the cluster 2 IP and Serial Number.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

9. From the Alerting Consolidation drop-down menu, select the Primary Backend host.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 139

Page 140:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

13.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

14.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling settings.

15.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

16.Click Install.

17.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

18.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

19.Click VPLEX.

20.Click Add new device.

21.In the VPLEX section, provide the cluster host and authentication details for yourVPLEX system.

The default username for the VPLEX is service and the default password isMi@Dim7T.

It is important to enter the cluster information correctly, clusters are mapped to theircorrect number. Interchanging cluster IPs and SN results in a failure to collectperformance data.

Be sure to select the correct VPLEX type while adding the device. If you are adding aVPLEX Metro or VPLEX Geo, select the Geo/Metro VPLEX type from the drop-down andenter both VPLEX cluster details. If you are adding a VPLEX Local, select the LocalVPLEX type from the drop-down and enter the VPLEX cluster details. Do not add a Geoor Metro VPLEX System as two separate Local VPLEX Systems.

22.Click Test to validate the credentials.

23.Click Ok.

24.Click Save.

It will take approximately take three hours for data to start appearing on reports.

After you finish

Check that SolutionPack for EMC VPLEX has been able to successfully create virtualvolume monitors:

1. To ensure that virtual volume performance monitors are created, you can run thefollowing command from the management server where these monitors were created:ll /monitoring/directors/*/*/*PERPETUAL*/*/fileThis command should list a file for each of the director (including directors on bothcluster-1 and cluster-2).

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

140 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 141:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Configure VPLEX SNMPConfigure your VPLEX server to send SNMP traps to ViPR SRM on port 2041.

For more information about configuring SNMP on VPLEX, refer to the EMC VPLEXAdministration Guide.

Procedure

1. Log into the VPLEX CLI.

2. From the VPlexcli:/> prompt, enter: cd notifications/call-home/snmp-traps/

3. Create a trap using the command: create <trap-name>

Where <trap-name> is any string that you want to use.

4. cd to <trap-name>.

5. Configure the trap to send notifications to ViPR SRM using the command: setremote-host <IP address>

Where <IP address> is the IP address of the server receiving the traps. For example, ona four VM deployment, this is the IP address of the Primary Backend.

6. Configure the trap to send data to port 2041 using the command: set remote-port2041

7. Start sending notifications by using the command: set started true

LimitationsThis SolutionPack supports the following backend arrays: EMC VMAX, EMC VNX, NetApp,EMC XtremIO, IBM XIV, Hitachi Device Manager, HP StorageWorks P9000, and HP 3PAR.This SolutionPack does not support IBM DS arrays, ScaleIO, or Isilon at the backend ofEMC VPLEX.

Only encapsulated virtual volumes are supported. LVM virtual volumes are notsupported.

Chargeback, path details, and end-to-end reports only support encapsulated virtualvolumes. Virtual Volumes created using logical volume management is not supported.

When an underlying virtual disk, on which the virtual volume is created, is alsocontributing to other virtual volumes, VPLEX and Host path details show incorrect valuesin the Storage View column for that particular virtual volume. Instead of listing only theStorage Views that it belongs to, it shows a pipe separated list of all the Storage Viewsthat the underlying virtual disk is contributing to.

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEXDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configure VPLEX SNMP 141

Page 142:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for EMC VPLEXDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

142 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 143:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 20

SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIO

l Overview............................................................................................................. 144l Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIO........................................................ 145l Limitations..........................................................................................................146

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIO 143

Page 144:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIO collects capacity, inventory, and performance datafrom ScaleIO REST Gateways and displays the data in easy-to-use reports within ViPRSRM.

Capacity reports provide details on free capacity, used capacity, and spare capacity atsystem level. Capacity reports per storage pools, per data servers, per drive, and perprotection domain levels provides details on free capacity and used capacity. Inventoryreports provide details on the data servers, storage pools, protection domains, drivecomponents, snapshots, and volumes. Performance reports provide detailed ScaleIOperformance metrics.

Main reports

All ScaleIO Systems CapacityFree Capacity, Hot Spare, Used Capacity

Raw Capacity UsageConfigured Usable, Hot Spare, RAID Overhead, Unconfigured, Unusable

Usable CapacityFree, Pool Free, Used For Block, Used For File, Used For Virtual Storage

Throughput per ScaleIO System

Bandwidth per ScaleIO System

Forward Rebuild Throughput per ScaleIO System

Backward Rebuild Throughput per ScaleIO System

Rebalance Throughput per ScaleIO System

CapacityUsed Capacity by Purpose, All LUNs, Storage Pools, Snapshots

ScaleIO System InventoryScaleIO Data Servers (Drilled down reports containing Capacity, Throughput,Bandwidth, RelanceThroughput, ForwardRebuildThroughput,BackwardRebuildThroughput)

Protection Domains (Drilled down reports containing Capacity, Throughput,Bandwidth, RelanceThroughput, ForwardRebuildThroughput,BackwardRebuildThroughput)

Storage Pools (Drilled down reports containing Capacity, Throughput, Bandwidth,RelanceThroughput, ForwardRebuildThroughput, BackwardRebuildThroughput)

Drives (Drilled down reports containing Capacity, Throughput, Bandwidth,RelanceThroughput, ForwardRebuildThroughput, BackwardRebuildThroughput)

Volumes (Throughput, Bandwidth)

Snapshots

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIODRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

144 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 145:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIOAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Before you begin

l Core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all module dependenciesare validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Select Do you want to configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

11.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

12.Click Install.

13.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

14.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

15.Click EMC ScaleIO.

16.Click Add new device.

17.From ScaleIO version drop-down, select the ScaleIO version.

18.In ScaleIO REST Gateway IP or hostname, enter the IP Address, name, or FQDN of theScaleIO REST Gateway host to be configured.

19.Select Do you want to configure failover gateway to configure the failover settings.

20.In ScaleIO username, enter the username for the ScaleIO REST Gateway.

21.In ScaleIO password, enter the password to access the ScaleIO REST Gateway.

22.Click Test to validate the credentials.

SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIODRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIO 145

Page 146:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

23.Click Ok.

24.Click Save.

Limitations

l ScaleIO currently only supports reporting the AllocatedCapacity and notPresentedCapacity of thin volumes. Therefore, UsedCapacity/PresentedCapacity ofthin volumes is mapped to AllocatedCapacity until ScaleIO reportsPresentedCapacity. Because of this there may be a mismatch found in the capacity ofScaleIO Disks for Hosts.

l CSV files that were exported from Discovery Center with a release prior to ViPR SRM3.7 cannot be used to import devices into ViPR SRM 3.7. To import devices using theearlier ViPR SRM CSV file, delete the "version" column prior to importing.

SolutionPack for EMC ScaleIODRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

146 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 147:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 21

SolutionPack for EMC XtremIO

l Overview............................................................................................................. 148l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................148l Limitations..........................................................................................................150

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for EMC XtremIO 147

Page 148:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for XtremIO generates real-time and historical reports and accesscapacity, performance, and inventory details. This gives insight into the management ofyour EMC XtremIO flash based storage platform.

Main reportsXtremIO Information and details

XtremIO health

XtremIO Capacity dashboard, de-duplication and thin provisioning

XtremIO Performance metrics

XtremIO path details and connectivity

XtremIO Alerts

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down, select existing settings that have been specifiedfor other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection.

SolutionPack for EMC XtremIODRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

148 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 149:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l FailOver-Filter must be enabled, which is the default.

l Hostname or the IP address to send data to must point to the host where thecollector is installed (localhost in a one-VM deployment and collector host in amulti-VM deployment).

l Network port to send data to must be set to the port to which the collected datawill sent. Specify your Arbiter port or legacy Backend data port. If you have chosena port other than 2020 for Arbiter, then the same port has to be configured in thisfield.

12.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

13.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

14.Select Enable Alert consolidation.

a. In Alert consolidation server hostname or IP address, select the Primary Backendhost.

b. In Alert consolidation server port number, select the port used for alertconsolidation.

15.Select Do you want to configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

16.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

17.Click Install.

18.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

19.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

20.Click XtremIO.

21.Click Add new device.

22.From Server, select the server where the device will be dispatched.

23.From Instance, select the instance of the emc-xtremio-collect where the device will bedispatched.

24.In the section XtremIO configuration, enter the IP and credentials of the XtremIOarray’s Management IP address or hostname.

l In Management IP address or hostname, type the array management IP orhostname.

l Add the username and password of the XtremIO array

l Select the Timezone of the XtremIO system in UTC format

25.Click Test to validate the credentials.

26.Click Ok.

SolutionPack for EMC XtremIODRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 149

Page 150:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

27.Click Save.

28.In the tree, clickSolutionPacks and navigate to the EMC XtremIO SolutionPack to verifythe installation.

Performance data will displayed in about an hour.

Limitations

l CSV files that were exported from Discovery Center with a release prior to ViPR SRM3.7 cannot be used to import devices into ViPR SRM 3.7 as is. To import devices usingthe earlier CSV file, add a "version" column to the CSV file and specify the version tobe discovered.

l As part of XtremIO 4.0 support, the following new reports have been added to theSolutionPack: Battery Backup Unit, Disk Array Enclosure, Local Disks, and Folders.When XtremIO 3.0 or earlier arrays are discovered, these new reports will not displayany data.

l If you upgrade your XtremIO array from version 3.0 to version 4.0, you will need torediscover the array in ViPR SRM using V2 of the RESTful API. This will enable you todiscover multiple clusters, which was introduced in XtremIO 4.0.

l Performance and capacity polling is separated in ViPR SRM 3.7 due to the newXtremIO 4.0 RESTful API Ver. 2.0. While discovering, you can configure theperformance interval separately (the default is five minutes). Even though you areable to see the performance interval to be selected while discovering an earlierversion of XtremIO (3.0 or less), it won't be taken as performance polling and willwork like the earlier versions.

SolutionPack for EMC XtremIODRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

150 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 151:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 22

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device Manager

l Overview............................................................................................................. 152l Preparing Hitachi Device Manager for discovery and data collection....................152l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................153l Operational Issues.............................................................................................. 155l Embedded Performance Collection......................................................................155

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device Manager 151

Page 152:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Hitachi Device Manager accesses performance data, configurationdata, and capacity planning data pertaining to the Volumes, Disks, Ports, DynamicallyProvisioned Pools, and Parity Groups of Hitachi storage systems.

Main reports

Data center utilizationCapacity utilization across all Hitachi arrays

Disk utilizationCapacity utilization across various types of disks

Storage system -> Detailed InformationSummary report containing inventory information of all Hitachi devices:

l Parity groups

l Volumes

l Disks

l Frontend controllers

ResourcesContains various reports connected to the array

l Hosts

l Logical groups

Analytics

l Capacity Reports - Breaks down capacity across storage pool, tier, host for eachHDS array

l Performance collection troubleshooting - Helps troubleshooting performancedata collection

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing Hitachi Device Manager for discovery and datacollection

Identify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for Hitachi Device Manager

ViPR SRM communicates with the Hitachi Device Manager to poll information for HDSarrays.

Procedure

1. Identify read only account credentials with the ability to view all on the Hitachi DeviceManager system

2. Record the IP address/hostname for SSH and CIMOM communication

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device ManagerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

152 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 153:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

11.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

12.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

13.Leave Enable alerting on data collected checked.

14.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

15.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device ManagerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 153

Page 154:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

16.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

17.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

18.Select Enable Passive Host Discovery if you want the system to intelligently resolvehostnames from Hitachi Device Manager.

19.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling and alert settings.

20.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

21.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

22.Click Install.

23.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

24.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

25.Click Hitachi Device Manager.

26.Click Add new device.

27.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device.

28.From the HDS type drop-down menu, select Device Manager Collection, and enter aunique friendly name (such as the host or IP address) for the system. Supply the logincredentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings. For the Array IPAddress or FQDN, enter the hostname or IP address of the Hitachi Command Suite.

29.If you want to configure Performance Collection against a specific array, selectEmbedded Performance Collection from the HDS type drop-down menu, and enter aunique friendly name (such as the host or IP address) for the system. Supply the logincredentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings. For the Array IPAddress or FQDN enter the IP address of the array. For additional details, see Embedded Performance Collection on page 155.

30.Click Test to validate the credentials.

31.Click OK.

32.Click Save.

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device ManagerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

154 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 155:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Operational IssuesThese are common problems and their workarounds, if possible.

LUNS not visible in Path details

LUNs from Hitachi AMS200 arrays do not appear in Path details and E2E reports. There isno workaround for this problem.

Embedded Performance CollectionPerformance statistics are provided for the HUS VM, VSP, and VSP G1000 through theEmbedded SMI-S Provider.

The following components are supported:

l Storage system

l Front end port

l Volume

An SMI-S license is required, but it comes with the array for free. It must be enabled inStorage Navigator.

In Hitachi Storage Navigator, a user with the role of "Storage Administrator with view onlypermission" is required.

Enabling the SMI-S certificateLearn how to enable the SMI-S certificate on the array.

Procedure

1. Refer to the Hitachi Command Suite Administrator Guide for details.

http://www.hds.com/assets/pdf/hitachi-command-suite-administrator-guide.pdf

The following chapters are related to enabling the SMI-S certificate:

l Uploading the signed certificate

l Returning the certificate to the default

Restarting the SMI-S providerLearn how to restart the SMI-S provider.

Procedure

1. Close all of the Device Manager - Storage Navigator sessions on the SVP (serviceprocessor).

2. Start the web browser.

3. In the browser on your Device Manager - Storage Navigator computer, enter thefollowing URL:

http://IP-address-or-host-name-of-SVP/cgi-bin/utility/toolpanel.cgi

4. Click Update Certificate Files for SMI-S.

5. In the Login dialog box, enter the administrator user ID and password, and click Login.

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device ManagerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Operational Issues 155

Page 156:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

6. Click Return to the default certificate, and click OK.

Enabling performance monitoring in Storage NavigatorLearn how to enable performance monitoring in Storage Navigator.

Procedure

1. Open Performance Monitoring and check to see if Monitoring Switch is set toEnabled.

2. If Monitoring Switch is not set to Enabled, enable it by clicking Edit MonitoringSwitch.

Configuring embedded performance monitoringLearn how to configure embedded performance monitoring.

Procedure

1. Navigate to Discovery Center > Device Management > Hitachi Device Manager.

2. Discover the Device Manager that manages the arrays that you want to monitor.

a. Click Add new device.

b. For HDS type, select Device Manager Collection.

c. Enter the configuration details for the device manager, and select the Collectperformance check box.

d. Click Test to verify the connection.

3. Discover embedded performance collection.

a. Click Add new device.

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device ManagerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

156 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 157:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

b. For HDS type, select Embedded Performance Collection.

c. Enter the configuration details for the array.

d. Click OK.

4. Click Save.

Troubleshooting the Embedded SMI-S ProviderYou can use EMC ECOM Explorer (or any CIM/SMI-S browser) to verify that the EmbeddedSMI-S Provider is enabled and performance statistics are populated on the array.

l Namespace: root/hitachi/smis

l Classes:

n HITACHI_BlockStaticsticalDataStorageSystem;

n HITACHI_BlockStaticsticalDataFCPort;

n HITACHI_BlockStaticsticalDataStorageVolume;

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device ManagerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Troubleshooting the Embedded SMI-S Provider 157

Page 158:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Hitachi Device ManagerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

158 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 159:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 23

SolutionPack for HP 3PAR Storeserv

l Overview............................................................................................................. 160l Preparing your system for discovery and data collection......................................160l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................160

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for HP 3PAR Storeserv 159

Page 160:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThis SolutionPack enables you to generate real-time and historical reports and accesscapacity, performance, and inventory details about your HP 3PAR StoreServ systems.

Main reports

Hits RatioReports the hits ratio distribution per subsystem as well as the hit ratio per array/controller for on all available subsystems

InventoryReports a summary containing the total count of all subsystems, controllers, powersupplies, ports, virtual volumes, logical disks, drive cages, and drives for allsubsystems, and reports details for these sub-components

IOPS ReportsReports the total IOPS activities for the drives, LUNs, and ports on all availablesubsystems

Subsystems SummaryDrill-down report containing a summary of all subsystems, including key indicatorssuch as the subsystem name, version, IP address, drives, capacity, and model

TopN I/OReports the top 10 I/O activities for the drives, virtual volumes, and ports on allavailable subsystems

Usable CapacityReports the total array capacity available

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing your system for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for HP 3PAR StoreServ.

ViPR SRM communicates with the HP 3PAR StoreServ system using an account with read-only privileges on the system.

Procedure

1. Identify an account with read-only privileges for the HP 3PAR StoreServ system.

2. Ensure that the array can be accessed on port 22 using SSH.

3. Ensure that the CIM server is enabled and can be accessed on the array.

Installing the SolutionPackAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

SolutionPack for HP 3PAR StoreservDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

160 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 161:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The windows displays alert details.

9. From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

13.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

14.Select Use Advanced Settings to configure the polling interval, specify the number ofcollecting threads, or enable the collection of logical drives.

15.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

16.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

17.Click Install.

18.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

19.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

SolutionPack for HP 3PAR StoreservDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 161

Page 162:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

20.Click HP 3PAR.

21.Click Add new device.

22.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the IP address of the array, supply the logincredentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

23.Click Test to validate the credentials.

24.Click OK.

25.Click Save.

After you finish

Depending on the numbers of Storage elements managed, you may need to edit theunix-services.properties file to increase the Heap Memory to a suitable level.The file is located at: /APG/Collecting/Collector-Manager/your_instance/conf/unix-services.properties.

SolutionPack for HP 3PAR StoreservDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

162 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 163:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 24

SolutionPack for HP EVA

l Overview............................................................................................................. 164l Preparing your HP EVA system for discovery and data collection..........................164l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................164

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for HP EVA 163

Page 164:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for HP EVA enables you to generate real-time and historical reports andaccess capacity, performance, and inventory details about your HP EVA systems.

Main reports

Storage System dashboardGeneral information about the storage system

Dashboards for componentsHealth and performance information for storage system components

Forecast for Disk Group Utilization and Free CapacityReports disk group utilization and free capacity future trends

InventoryDashboard with aggregated information for all HP EVA storage systems

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing your HP EVA system for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for HP EVA.

ViPR SRM communicates with the HP EVA Element Manager to poll information for HP EVAsystems.

Procedure

1. Identify account credentials with administrator privileges on the HP EVA ElementManager system.

2. Ensure that SMIS is configured on each of the HP EVA Management Hosts.

3. Record the IP address/hostname for CIMOM communication.

Installing the SolutionPackAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

SolutionPack for HP EVADRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

164 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 165:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Leave Enable alerting on data collected checked.

11.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

12.Select Configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

13.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

14.From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Web-Service Gateway.

If you select Add a new Web-Service Gateway, type information about the web-servicegateway.

15.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

16.Click Install.

17.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

18.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

19.Click HP EVA.

20.Click Add new device.

21.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

22.Click Test to validate the credentials.

23.Click OK.

24.Click Save.

SolutionPack for HP EVADRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 165

Page 166:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for HP EVADRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

166 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 167:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 25

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XP

l Overview............................................................................................................. 168l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................168l Embedded Performance Collection......................................................................170

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XP 167

Page 168:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for HP StorageWorks P9000 enables you to access performance,configuration data, and capacity planning data pertaining to the volumes, disks, ports,dynamically provisioned pools, and parity groups of arrays monitored by the HPStorageWorks P9000 XP software.

Main reports

Data center utilizationCapacity utilization across all HP P9000 arrays

Disk utilizationCapacity utilization across various types of disks

Storage system -> Detailed InformationSummary report containing inventory information of all HP P9000 devices:

l Parity groups

l Volumes

l Disks

l Frontend controllers

ResourcesContains various reports connected to the array

l Hosts

l Logical groups

Analytics

l Capacity Reports - Breaks down capacity across storage pool, tier, host for eachHDS array

l Performance collection troubleshooting - Helps troubleshooting performancedata collection

Note

The Shared LUNs report does not report passive hosts. Hosts discovered via switches arereported.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPackAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XPDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

168 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 169:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

11.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

12.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

13.Leave Enable alerting on data collected checked.

14.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

15.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

16.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

17.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XPDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 169

Page 170:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

18.In the HP StorageWorks specific configurationsection, type the host information andaccess credentials.

a. Optionally, select the Enable Secure Connection (SSL) checkbox.

If you are using a secure connection, the default port is 5989. If you are using anon-secure connection, the default is 5988.

b. Click the plus (+) sign to add more systems.

19.Select Enable Alert consolidation.

a. In Alert consolidation server hostname or IP address, select the Primary Backendhost.

b. In Alert consolidation server port number, select the port used for alertconsolidation.

20.Select Enable Passive Host Discovery if you want to intelligently resolve hostnamesfrom your HP StorageWorks systems.

21.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling and alert settings.

22.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

23.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

24.Click Install.

25.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

26.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

27.Click HP StorageWorks.

28.Click Add new device.

29.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device.

30.From the HP type drop-down menu, select Device Manager Collection, and enter aunique friendly name (such as the host or IP address) for the system. Supply the logincredentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings. For the Array IPAddress or FQDN, enter the hostname or IP address of the HP Command View devicemanager.

31.If you want to configure Performance Collection against a specific array, selectEmbedded Performance Collection from the HP type drop-down menu, and enter aunique friendly name (such as the host or IP address) for the system. Supply the logincredentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings. For the Array IPAddress or FQDN enter the IP address of the array. For additional details, see Embedded Performance Collection on page 170.

32.Click Test to validate the credentials.

33.Click OK.

34.Click Save.

Embedded Performance CollectionPerformance statistics are provided for the P9500 through the Embedded SMI-S Provider.

The following components are supported:

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XPDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

170 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 171:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l Storage system

l Front end port

l Volume

An SMI-S license is required, but it comes with the array for free. It must be enabled inStorage Navigator.

In Storage Navigator, a user with the role of "Storage Administrator with view onlypermission" is required.

Enabling the SMI-S certificateLearn how to enable the SMI-S certificate on the array.

Procedure

1. Refer to the HP Command View Advanced Edition Administrator Guide for details.

http://h20564.www2.hp.com/hpsc/doc/public/display?docId=c04491400&DocLang=en&docLocale=en_US

The following chapters are related to enabling the SMI-S certificate:

l Uploading the signed certificate

l Returning the certificate to the default

Restarting the SMI-S providerLearn how to restart the SMI-S provider.

Procedure

1. Close all of the Device Manager - Storage Navigator sessions on the SVP (serviceprocessor).

2. Start the web browser.

3. In the browser on your Device Manager - Storage Navigator computer, enter thefollowing URL:

http://IP-address-or-host-name-of-SVP/cgi-bin/utility/toolpanel.cgi

4. Click Update Certificate Files for SMI-S.

5. In the Login dialog box, enter the administrator user ID and password, and click Login.

6. Click Return to the default certificate, and click OK.

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XPDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Enabling the SMI-S certificate 171

Page 172:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Enabling performance monitoring in Storage NavigatorLearn how to enable performance monitoring in Storage Navigator.

Procedure

1. Open Performance Monitoring and check to see if Monitoring Switch is set toEnabled.

2. If Monitoring Switch is not set to Enabled, enable it by clicking Edit MonitoringSwitch.

Configuring embedded performance monitoringLearn how to configure embedded performance monitoring.

Procedure

1. Navigate to Discovery Center > Device Management > HP StorageWorks.

2. Discover the CvAE that manages the arrays that you want to monitor.

a. Click Add new device.

b. For HP type, select Device Manager Collection.

c. Enter the configuration details for the CvAE, and select the Collect performancecheck box.

d. Click Test to verify the connection.

3. Discover embedded performance collection.

a. Click Add new device.

b. For HP type, select Embedded Performance Collection.

c. Enter the configuration details for the array.

d. Click OK.

4. Click Save.

Troubleshooting the Embedded SMI-S ProviderYou can use EMC ECOM Explorer (or any CIM/SMI-S browser) to verify that the EmbeddedSMI-S Provider is enabled and performance statistics are populated on the array.

l Namespace: root/hitachi/smis

l Classes:

n HITACHI_BlockStaticsticalDataStorageSystem;

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XPDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

172 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 173:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

n HITACHI_BlockStaticsticalDataFCPort;

n HITACHI_BlockStaticsticalDataStorageVolume;

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XPDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Troubleshooting the Embedded SMI-S Provider 173

Page 174:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for HP Storageworks XPDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

174 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 175:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 26

SolutionPack for IBM DS

l Overview............................................................................................................. 176l Preparing your IBM DS system for discovery and data collection..........................176l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................177

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for IBM DS 175

Page 176:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for IBM DS enables you to generate real-time and historical reports andaccess capacity, performance, and inventory details about your IBM DS systems.

Main reports

IOPSTotal read and write requests per system

Throughput (/s)Throughput of Read and Write operations for all systems

Subsystems SummaryDrill-down summary that contains key indicators such as the Controllers Ips, Drivecount, Logical Drive count, Array count, Raw Capacity, Configured Usable,Unconfigured, Free Capacity and Used Capacity for all Subsystems

InventoryTotal count of all Drives, Controllers, Logical Drives and Ports for all Subsystems

Arrays Utilization forecastKey indicators such as Parity Group Name, Capacity, Free Capacity and UsedCapacity

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing your IBM DS system for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for IBM DS.

ViPR SRM communicates with the IBM CIM/SMI-S provider that queries the storage array.

Procedure

1. Depending on your IBM DS model, do one of the following:

l IBM DS 3K/4K/5K models: Manually install and configure the IBM CIM/SMI-Sprovider on a management server.

l IBM DS 6K/8K models: The CIM/SMI-S provider is built into the HardwareManagement Console (HMC).

Note

Ensure that the CIM agent is enabled, as it was disabled by default in releasesprior to Release 4, Bundle 62.0.175.0.

2. Identify the CIM username and password used to access the array.

3. Record this information for use when you install the SolutionPack.

SolutionPack for IBM DSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

176 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 177:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Installing the SolutionPackAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling settings.

11.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

12.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

13.Click Install.

14.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

15.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

16.Click IBM DS.

17.Click Add new device.

18.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

19.Click Test to validate the credentials.

20.Click OK.

21.Click Save.

SolutionPack for IBM DSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 177

Page 178:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for IBM DSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

178 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 179:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 27

SolutionPack for IBM LPARS

l Overview............................................................................................................. 180l Configuring VIO for discovery.............................................................................. 180l Verify adapter IDs in NPIV configuration.............................................................. 185l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................185l Using Discovery Center to discover the VIO Servers and Clients........................... 186l Using Discovery Center to discover an HMC......................................................... 187l SolutionPack Reconfiguration............................................................................. 187

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for IBM LPARS 179

Page 180:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for IBM LPAR collects Inventory details about IBM's Power-Serversmanaged by Hardware Management Console (HMC) and displays the data in easy-to-usereports in ViPR SRM.

With this SolutionPack, you can generate reports to highlight key relationships in thevirtual environment such as:

l Power Systems managed by a HMC

l LPARs and VIOs residing on a Power System

l LPARs to the VIOs that provide the resource sharing capabilities for constituent LPARs

Capacity reports, such as File System Usage, help you to improve the availability ofbusiness critical applications and services by ensuring that applications have the storageresources they need to operate effectively.

Main reportsHMC Dashboard

LPAR/VIO Client Information and details

VIO Server basic details

Host Capacity Reports: Usable Capacity by FileSystem, Volume Manager Summary,Chargeable Capacity by Service Level, Disk Inventory

Topology end to end maps for VIOS/VIOC

Note

ViPR SRM Release 3.5 and earlier: Topology maps for VIOC will be reported only if therespective VIOS is discovered.

ViPR SRM Releases after 3.5: Topology maps for VIOC will be reported regardless of VIOSdiscovery.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Configuring VIO for discovery

The user credentials of VIO Server & VIO Clients should be configured in Discovery Center> Host Configuration.

ViPR SRM requires non-root user credentials or a SSH public/private key pair (keys can becreated for root / non-root users) to discover VIO Servers and VIO Clients.

When the VIOS Server is installed, the padmin user is automatically created and this userprovides restricted shell access. The ViPR SRM host data collection mechanism does notwork in the restricted shell environment, so you must create a non-root user andconfigure the non-root user via Sudo or PowerBroker to elevate the privileges to runcertain commands as root. Provide the non-root user credentials to ViPR SRM whilediscovering the VIO Server.

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

180 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 181:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Note

ViPR SRM does not require padmin credentials to discover the VIO server.There are many tools available to elevate the privileges of a non-root user to runcommands as root, but ViPR SRM 3.6 supports only Sudo and Powerbroker.

Prepare VIO Server and VIO Client hosts for discoveryVIO Server and VIO Client hosts can be discovered in the following ways:

l Password based discovery using a root or non-root user. You can configure non-rootusers via sudo or PowerBrokerConfiguring sudo for VIO Server and VIO Client host discovery on page 181

Configuring PowerBroker for VIO Server and VIO Client discovery on page 182

l SSH public-private key pair based discoveryGenerating a public and private key pair for SSH key based authentication on page184

Configuring sudo for VIO Server and VIO Client host discoveryTo discover VIO Server/Client hosts and collect data from these hosts you have to elevateprivileges for the non-root user via sudo because some commands used in the datacollection require root privileges.

Before you begin

Supported sudo versionsLinux Fedora distribution: sudo-1.8.6 and above

Other operating systems: any version of sudo

Procedure

1. Include the path of sudo command in the environment variable $PATH for the sudouser.

The variable $PATH can be set either in /etc/environment or /etc/default/login or any other OS specific file.

2. Include the paths of OS commands in the environment variable $PATH for sudo user.

By default, most of the command files have the following location: /usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin

3. Verify that the $PATH is correct.

a. Log in as sudo user

b. Type which sudo.

4. Ensure that the sudoers file is available.

By default, the sudoers file is available in /etc or /opt/sfw/etc/ or /usr/local/etc/sudoers

5. Add the following line to the defaults section of the sudoers file:

Defaults !requiretty #for all users

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configuring sudo for VIO Server and VIO Client host discovery 181

Page 182:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

or

Defaults : SRMADMIN !requiretty #for a specific user

6. For AIX hosts, if inq gives partial information, add the following line:

Defaults env_keep += "ODMDIR"7. Ensure that the sudo user has root privilege to run the following commands on a given

host.

Ensure the absolute path to the packages are provided in sudoers file.

It is recommended to use visudo to edit sudoers file.

Some packages are not installed by default.

AIXsar, inq, powermt, vxdisk, swap, kdb (kdb is only for VIO Clients)

Linuxsar, inq, powermt, vxdisk, dmidecode, lvdisplay, pvs, vgs, multipath

Figure 1 Sample sudoers file for Linux OS

Configuring PowerBroker for VIO Server and VIO Client discoveryPowerBroker for UNIX & Linux allows system administrators to delegate UNIX and Linuxprivileges and authorization without disclosing passwords for root or other accounts.

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

182 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 183:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Administrators can add specific commands in the configuration/policy files to enableViPR SRM to execute those commands and collect host information.

Procedure

1. Include the path of the pbrun command in the environment variable $PATH for thepowerbroker submit/run host.

2. Include the paths of the OS commands in the environment variable $PATH for thepbrun user. By default, most of the command files have the following location:

/usr/local/:sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin

3. Verify that the $PATH is correct.

a. Log in to the submit/run host.

4. Type "which pbrun".

5. The configuration/policy files exist on the master host and they must include thepbrun user name and the associated commands for host discovery. The followingscreenshot displays the policy files for a configuration in which the master/submit/run host is on the same host:

In this screenshot, the RootUsers variable includes "cmguser", which is the submituser (the ViPR SRM user used for discovering the host details) and the RootProgsvariable includes the various commands required by ViPR SRM to discover the host.Note that the commands mentioned in the section about configuring sudo apply hereas well.

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configuring PowerBroker for VIO Server and VIO Client discovery 183

Page 184:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Generating a public and private key pairFor the SSH key method of discovering UNIX hosts, you must generate a valid public andprivate key pair. You can choose any key generation tool to generate a valid public andprivate key pair.

Before you begin

Before you begin host discovery, you must have a public key present on all the UNIXhosts that are to be discovered using the private key. You can create SSH keys in any Unixenvironment and import them onto the ViPR SRM collector. EMC recommends that youcreate public-private SSH keys on ViPR SRM collectors (Linux VMs) where host discoverywill be initiated.

These steps describe the procedure to generate a public and private key pair for UNIXhosts using the ssh-keygen tool.

Note

The public key is to be added to the authorized_keys file on the target hosts intended fordiscovery and the private key is to be imported to the collector VMs where discovery istriggered.

Procedure

1. A Public-Private key can be generated using the following command:

ssh-keygen -t rsa -f <location_of_the_private_key/name_of_private_key_file> -N ""For example: ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /root/.ssh/id_rsa -N ””

2. Ensure that the public and private key pair that is generated has the followingpermissions:

l chmod 600 /root/.ssh/id_rsal chmod 644 /root/.ssh/id_rsa.pubThe private key file is id_rsa.

The public key file is id_rsa.pub.

3. To make the key pair functional, append the public key to <user's homedirectory>/.ssh/authorized_keys in the target UNIX host using the commandcat <location_of_the_public_key/name_of_public_key_file> >> /<user's homedirectory>/.ssh/authorized_keysFor example: cat /root/.ssh/id_rsa.pub >> /<user's homedirectory>/.ssh/authorized_keysNext, import the private key to the Collector used for discovery.

Importing a private key into the Collector

Procedure

1. Place the generated private key in the RSC conf folder /opt/APG/Collecting/Stream-Collector/<instance_of_collector>/conf

2. Type chown apg:apg <private_key_file>This command changes the owner.

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

184 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 185:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

The host is now ready for successful data collection.

Verify adapter IDs in NPIV configuration

In the NPIV configuration if a VFC Server Adapter is created on the VIOS and a VFC ClientAdapter on the VIOC, ensure correlation between the Physical HBA ports and the VirtualFC Client Adapter ports.

Procedure

1. On an HMC, go to the Virtual Adapters tab in the partition Properties of the VIOS/VIOCon which the VFC Server/Client Adapter are created.

2. Verify that a match exists between the Adapter ID of VFC Server Adapter and theAdapter ID of VFC Client Adapter.

Installing the SolutionPackBefore you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Click Do you want to configure advanced settings if you want to change the defaultHMC polling interval.

11.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

12.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

13.Click Install.

14.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Verify adapter IDs in NPIV configuration 185

Page 186:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

15.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

16.Click IBM LPAR.

17.Click Add new device.

18.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

19.Click Test to validate the credentials.

20.Click OK.

21.Click Save.

Results

The SolutionPack for Physical Hosts will collect data from Physical Host/LPAR/VIOServers. You can configure script block from SolutionPack for Physical Hosts on multiplecollector VMs where you intend to discover hosts/LPAR/VIO server. Based on yourdeployment plan, you can distribute host discovery on multiple collector VMs.

Using Discovery Center to discover the VIO Servers and ClientsProcedure

1. From the User Interface, click Administration .

2. Click Discovery Center.

3. Under Device Type, click Host configuration.

4. Click Add new device.

5. In Server, select the collector VM where script block from SolutionPack for PhysicalHosts is installed.

6. Enter the VIO Server/Client configuration details and click Ok.

7. Add a new device for each VIO Server and Client that will be discovered.

8. Select the Authentication Type as:

Option Description

Password based Authenticates with password.

Public key base Authenticates with SSH public private key.

9. Provide username (root or sudo user):

a. Provide the password of the host for password based authentication

b. Provide the location of the private key for public key based authentication( /opt/APG/Collecting/Remote-Shell-Collector/ <instance-of-collector> /conf/ <name-of-private-key>)

10.Click Ok.

11.Select the device added and click Save.

12.Add a new device for each VIO Server and client that will be discovered.

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

186 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 187:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Using Discovery Center to discover an HMCProcedure

1. From the User Interface, click Administration .

2. Click Discovery Center.

3. Under Device Type, click IBM LPAR configuration.

4. Click Add new device.

5. Enter the HMC hostname, username and password.

6. Click Ok.

7. Select the device added and click Save.

8. Add a new device for each HMC that will be discovered.

SolutionPack ReconfigurationIf you wish to change the answers that were provided during SolutionPack installation thefirst time through, you could change them by reconfiguring the SolutionPack.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Under Centralized Management.

a. Click SolutionPacks > Independent SolutionPackBlocks and select generic-rsc.

The SolutionPack Reconfiguration dialog box appears.

b. Click SolutionPacks > Infrastructure > IBM LPAR and select the instance for LPAR.

3. Change the configuration as desired.

4. Click Reconfigure.

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Using Discovery Center to discover an HMC 187

Page 188:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for IBM LPARSDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

188 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 189:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 28

SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/Storwize

l Overview............................................................................................................. 190l Preparing for discovery and data collection......................................................... 190l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................191l Limitations..........................................................................................................192

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/Storwize 189

Page 190:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) is a member of the IBM Storwizefamily, which provides storage virtualization with a single point of control for storageresources.

The SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/Storwize enables you to generate real-time and historical reports and access capacity and performance details to gain insightinto the management of the underlying Storwize storage environment.

Main reports

Virtual Storage DashboardDrill-down report that provides details about virtual storage information of the VirtualDisks such as Configured Usable, Virtual Disks Usable, Virtual Disks Unused, VirtualVolume Usable, Virtual Volume Used, and Virtual Volume Free.

ClustersDrill-down report that provides details about each cluster such as cluster nodes,virtual volumes, virtual disks, quorum disks, virtual pools, host association, pathdetails, and connectivity.

Performance ReportsDrill-down report that provides details about read and write requests, read and writethroughput on Virtual Disks, and Virtual Volumes for all SVC Clusters.

Capacity ReportsDrill-down report that provides a further breakdown of aggregated capacities such asConfigured Usable, Virtual Disks Usable, Virtual Disks Unused, Virtual VolumeUsable, Virtual Volume Used, Virtual Volume Free, and Usable Capacity by Pools.

Port InventoryDrill-down report that provides details of ports per cluster node such as portconnectivity, speed, and availability.

Inactive Devices and ComponentsDrill-down report that provides details of devices and components which have notbeen recently discovered.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/Storwize .

Before you begin

l Confirm that the IBM SVC model and version are supported.

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date on all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l An SMI-S provider must be running on the IBM SVC server on port 5989.

Procedure

1. Record the IBM SVC/Storwize cluster IP address and hostname (for SSH and CIMOMcommunication).

SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/StorwizeDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

190 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 191:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Record the username and password for the cluster.

Note: All performance, topology, and capacity metrics are supported for users who aremembers of the "Administrator" or "SecurityAdmin" user group. Performance data(such as CPU usage and port traffic statistics of non-configuration nodes) are notsupported for users who are members of the "Service" or "CopyOperator" or "Monitor"user groups.

Installing the SolutionPackAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

9. From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

13.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Add

SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/StorwizeDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 191

Page 192:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

new gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

14.Select Use advanced settings to configure polling settings.

15.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

16.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

17.Click Install.

18.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

19.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

20.Click IBM SAN Volume Controller/Storwize.

21.Click Add new device.

22.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

23.Leave Enable performance synchronization checked.

Enable performance synchronization allows ViPR SRM to collect and reportperformance statistics across all of the nodes. The performance statistics files arecopied from the non-config nodes to the config node, and the copied files are purgedafter they are processed. None of the original performance statistics on any node arepurged. Disabling performance synchronization will allow collection and reportingonly on the config node.

24.Click Test to validate the credentials.

25.Click OK.

26.Click Save.

Limitationsl Back end arrays IBM DS, HDS, HPXP, and XtremeIO are not supported.

l Internal Storage is not supported in the Raw Capacity Usage and Configured Usablereports. Service Level and Chargeback is not supported for mdisks (virtual disks)based on internal storage.

l Replication is not supported.

SolutionPack for IBM SAN Volume Controller/StorwizeDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

192 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 193:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 29

SolutionPack for IBM XIV

l Overview............................................................................................................. 194l Preparing your IBM XIV system for discovery and data collection......................... 194l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................194l Limitations..........................................................................................................196l Known problems ................................................................................................ 196

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for IBM XIV 193

Page 194:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for IBM XIV enables you to monitor the status and performance of yourIBM XIV disk storage system, and access performance and configuration data pertainingto the volumes, disks, pools and ports of IBM XIV systems.

Main reports

Volumes IOPSReports the read and write requests over time for all XIV systems

ReadRequestsReports the read requests over time for all XIV systems

WriteRequestsReports the write requests over time for all XIV systems

Volumes Throughput (/s)Reports the volumes read and write throughput over time for all XIV systems

ReadThroughputReports the volumes read throughput over time for all XIV systems

WriteThroughputReports the volumes write throughput over time for all XIV systems

Systems detailed per array capacity and performance reportsReports capacity and performance per array.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing your IBM XIV system for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for IBM XIV.

ViPR SRM communicates with IBM XIV using the CIM agent.

Procedure

1. Ensure that the CIM agent is installed.

Starting with IBM XIV Storage System V10.1.0, the CIM agent is pre-installed on theadministrative module. The embedded CIM agent is automatically enabled andpreconfigured.

2. Identify the access credentials.

3. Record this information for use when you install the SolutionPack.

Installing the SolutionPackAfter you log in as an administrator, you can install a SolutionPack from CentralizedManagement.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

SolutionPack for IBM XIVDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

194 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 195:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

11.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

12.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

13.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

14.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

15.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

16.Select Configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

17.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

SolutionPack for IBM XIVDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 195

Page 196:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

18.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

19.Click Install.

20.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

21.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

22.Click IBM XIV.

23.Click Add new device.

24.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

25.Click Test to validate the credentials.

26.Click OK.

27.Click Save.

LimitationsDiscovery of LDAP users requires active GUI sessionDue to limitations in the IBM software, discovery using the LDAP users account will notsucceed unless there is an active IBM XIV GUI user session. The session must be activeeither for the corresponding LDAP user or for a storage administrator.

Max Storage Volume Response Time metric not collectedThe SolutionPack does not collect the Max Storage Volume Response Time (ms) metricneeded for the All > Explore > Hosts > [host] > Device Summary > [host] report.

No support for Used for File, LUN alias, and Replica 2 and Replica 3 details‘Used for File’ metrics are not supported. Therefore, the respective columns in thefollowing reports will be empty.

l All > Dashboards > Storage > Enterprise Capacity Dashboard > Usable Capacity by Pool

l All > Dashboards > Storage > Chargeback by Group

l All > Explore > Storage > More Reports > Storage Pools

‘LUN Alias’ column is empty in the following report:

l All > Explore > Storage > More Reports > More Storage Inventories > All LUNs

Remote replication data is not exposed through the SMI provider; therefore, Replica 2and Replica 3 columns details will be empty in the following report:

l All > Explore > Storage > More Reports > More Storage Inventories > Replication

Known problemsTable 7 Known problems

Issue number Problem description Workaround/Resolution

SRS-11244EMP-2943

After updating to 3.6, the Discovery Center is unable toimport the device details.

You can add a third column "friendly name" in theexported CSV file and give the serial number of XIVarray (for backward compatibility) as friendly name for

SolutionPack for IBM XIVDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

196 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 197:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 7 Known problems (continued)

Issue number Problem description Workaround/Resolution

each instance of an XIV system. Then import themodified CSV file in to the updated Discovery Center.

SRS-11095(Doc)

In the report All->Explore->Storage->More Reports->Enterprise Capacity, the "Used for HDFS (GB)" and"Used For Object (GB)" columns have no capacity data.

There is no workaround at this time.

SRS-11530 Updating this SolutionPack to 3.6 requires alerts blocks("pre-configured alerts" and "alerts consolidation")installation at the 3.6 level.

You should deploy blocks related to ("pre-configuredalerts" and "alerts consolidation" from the userinterface.Go the "SolutionPacks" node, select "SolutionPackCenter," choose the IBM XIV SolutionPack, and deploythe alerts blocks for the existing instance.

SRS-9925 After updating from version 3.5 or earlier to version 3.6,if you provide a random user-friendly name for the XIVarray, historic data will not be displayed.

After the update, from the Discovery Center, update the"Unique friendly name for the XIV system" field with thearray's serial number. For example, if the IBM XIV arrayserial number is 9825369, change the "Unique friendlyname for the XIV system" field to "XIV 9825369."

SolutionPack for IBM XIVDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Known problems 197

Page 198:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for IBM XIVDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

198 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 199:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 30

SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V

l Overview............................................................................................................. 200l Configuring credentials for SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V............................200l Requirements for data collection.........................................................................200l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................201l Using a test script to query WMI objects.............................................................. 202

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V 199

Page 200:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V generates real-time and historical reports so youunderstand Hyper-V performance through global and detailed status of Hyper-V hostsand underlying virtual machines.

Main reports

InventoryDisplays the inventory of devices, parts and metrics from Hypervisors and VirtualMachines

Virtual Disk Use AnalysisTool to analyze the utilization profile of Virtual Hard Disk images

All Hosts | All Virtual MachinesDisplays all available performance graphs for Hypervisors and Virtual Machines

Global StatusShows the global status of all hosts and running virtual machines in theenvironment, detailed by component type

SLA Detailled ViewShows the current and forecasted SLA values for Hypervisors and Virtual Machines

Virtual Machines Running On Snapshot DisksShows all virtual machines running on snapshot disks. They impact diskperformance and impact storage performance when it is time to commit changes onthe original virtual disk.

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Configuring credentials for SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-Vl Hyper-V Collector Manager must have the right to query WMI objects from Hyper-V

hosts

l PowerShell must allow the execution of unassigned PowerShell scripts

Requirements for data collection

In order to collect data from Microsoft Hyper-V hosts, the environment needs to meet thefollowing requirements:

l The Collect SolutionPack Block must be installed in a server using Windows Server2008 R2 Service Pack 1 or later.

l The Collect SolutionPack Block must be able to query WMI objects in remoteMicrosoft Hyper-V hosts. For required privileges, refer to the manual EMC ViPR SRMSolutionPack Privileges.

l The Collect SolutionPack Block machine must allow the execution of unsignedPowerShell scripts. To provide this capability, run the following command as anadministrative user: PowerShell -C Set-ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted.

SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-VDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

200 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 201:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l EMC ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

11.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

12.Click Install.

13.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

14.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

15.Click Microsoft Hyper-V.

16.Click Add new device.

17.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

Clicking the Test button results in a warning message that can be ignored.

18.Click OK.

19.Click Save.

SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-VDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 201

Page 202:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Using a test script to query WMI objects

The Test feature located in the Discovery Center under the Centralized Management UI isnot supported for the SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V. Instead, use the test methodpresented in this topic.The SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-V provides a script that can be used to check if ispossible to query all required WMI objects using the provided user. The script is in thefolder <APG_FOLDER>/Collecting/XML-Collector/<SolutionPack_instance_name>/conf/. You must execute the script from theCollect SolutionPack Block machine. Use the following syntax to run the script:

TestWMI.ps1 -Computer <ip-or-hostname> -Username <domain-or-machine\username> -Password <password> [-NoPing]

-ComputerRemote Hyper-V host IP address or hostname

-UsernameUsername used to perform remote WMI queries, in the format DOMAIN\username fordomain users or MACHINE\username for local users

-PasswordPassword of the user specified with the -Username parameter

-NoPing(optional) If the remote Hyper-V host is blocking ping requests, you must use thisparameter to skip connectivity tests

SolutionPack for Microsoft Hyper-VDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

202 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 203:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 31

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL Server

l Technical Specifications......................................................................................204l Where to find the latest SolutionPack software....................................................205l User privilege requirements for SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL...........................205l Configuring the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL with an unprivileged account..... 206l Installing the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL...................................................... 206l Confirming report creation...................................................................................208l Limitations for Microsoft SQL Server....................................................................208l Troubleshooting ................................................................................................. 208

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL Server 203

Page 204:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Technical Specifications

SolutionPack version3.7

Compatible EMC M&R versions6.6u1

Supported Microsoft SQL versionsSQL Server 2008R2

SQL Server 2012

SQL Server 2014

Port1433 (This is the default port on which the MS-SQL instance is running on the MS-SQLServer. It is configurable.)

Data collection methodSQL collector

SQL commandsThis SolutionPack uses these commands:

l SELECT

l CONNECT

l INSERT

l CREATE TABLE

n This creates temporary tables used when gathering the capacity-relatedinformation of databases. The temporary tables are created in the tempdb table.These tables are later dropped.

l EXEC

n Executes a stored procedure that lists disks and their available free space.

l DROP

n Removes temporary tables created earlier in the tempdb table.

Main reports

l Instance Sizes

l SQL Server Instances Overview

n This includes reports for database sizes, database overview, and performanceKPIs such as configuration parameters, IO, access methods, buffer manager,general statistics, and memory manager.

l Inventory of servers, instances, databases, and data/log files

l Situations to Watch

n This includes index fragmentation, data/log files out of space, inactive devicesand components, and actual and forecasted SLA values.

l SQL Server to SAN Inventory

n Lists capacity reports per SQL Server instance

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL ServerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

204 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 205:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 8 End-to-end capacity use cases

Supported Not supported

MS-SQL Server > FS > LUN MS-SQL Server > VMDK

MS-SQL Server > RDM MS-SQL > FS using VPLEX a

a. l Host Details report supports virtual machines.

l Host Details report does not support physical hosts.

Where to find the latest SolutionPack softwareInstall the latest core software update for your product suite. SolutionPacks distributedwith core software have a 30-day free evaluation period. If you plan to use the softwarelonger than 30 days, you must install a SolutionPack license before the trial period ends.

This 30-day free evaluation only applies to new installations and is not available forupgraded installations. If you upgrade the core software and want to try a newSolutionPack, you must request a license for that SolutionPack by completing a SupportRequest (SR) form, which is available on the EMC Online Support website at http://support.emc.com.

User privilege requirements for SolutionPack for Microsoft SQLThe Microsoft SQL Server can be discovered with SQL Authentication or WindowsAuthentication.

Microsoft SQL authenticationSQL authentication works for users having either SYSADMIN privileges or an unprivilegedaccount.

Note

An unprivileged account can be created and used to discover the Microsoft SQL Server. Configuring the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL with an unprivileged account on page206

Windows authenticationThe Windows user account requires the user to be a member of the Guests group or theDomain Guests group.

A Windows user account must be imported into the Microsoft SQL Server with settingssimilar to these:

l Server role of Public

l Securable grants for Connect SQL, View any definitions, and View server state

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL ServerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Where to find the latest SolutionPack software 205

Page 206:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Configuring the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL with anunprivileged account

Create a watch4net account with specific grants required by the Microsoft SQLSolutionPack collector.

The collector must connect to each instance of MS-SQL Server and perform SQL queries.You can use either an administrator equivalent system account or create a dedicatedsystem account for the collector. If you want a dedicated system account, please ask theDBA administrator to create a watch4net account with specific grants for the collector.

Procedure

1. Follow this example to create a watch4net account.

The default database must be used as the [master] database in this procedure.

USE [master]GO

CREATE LOGIN [watch4net]WITH PASSWORD=N'<securepassword> ',DEFAULT_DATABASE=[master],DEFAULT_LANGUAGE=[us_english],CHECK_EXPIRATION=OFF,CHECK_POLICY=OFFGO

EXECUTE master.sys.sp_MSforeachdb'USE [?];CREATE USER watch4net FOR LOGIN <securepassword>GO

GRANT VIEW SERVER STATE TO <securepassword>GO

GRANT VIEW ANY DEFINITION TO <securepassword>GO;

Results

Your dedicated account is configured.

Installing the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL

Before you begin

l Make sure the core modules, such as the Module-Manager, are up-to-date on allservers since not all module dependencies are validated during the SolutionPackinstallation. The installation guide for your product provides more information.

l Ensure you create a watch4net user prior to installing the SolutionPack. You mayneed this to ensure correct credentials are added to Microsoft SQL Server DevicesManagement during the installation process.

Procedure

1. Log in to your product and click Administration > Centralized Management.

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL ServerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

206 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 207:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Click SolutionPacks and select SOLUTIONPACK CENTER.

3. Select the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL Server in the Browse and InstallSolutionPacks window.

4. Read the summary information and click Install.

5. Type the instance name.

6. Assign a server for each of the three components.

7. Click Next.

The window displays the data collection details.

8. Make a selection in the Data Collection drop-down menu.

Select existing settings that have been specified for other components or select Add anew data collection.

9. If you select Add a new Data collection, type information about the data collection. Inthe Hostname or IP address to send data field, use localhost on default port 2020.

This is the Collector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Make a selection in the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu.

Select existing settings that have been specified for other components or select Add anew Web-Service Gateway.

11.If you select Add a new Web-Service Gateway, type information about the web-servicegateway.

Leave the Activate the Failover-Filter checked.

12.If you select Configure Collector advanced settings, you have the option to selectdifferent polling periods.

The default polling period is 15 minutes. Consult with your database administrator toset the polling period based on the number of SQL Server instances that are beingpolled by this collector manager instance. For example, you have the option to select5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, or one hour.

13.Click Next.

The window displays the report settings.

14.In the Administration Web-Service instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

15.Click Install.

16.Click OK.

Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completes successfully.

17.Click Discovery Center > Device Management.

18.Click Add new device.

19.Click Microsoft SQL Server.

Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host.

20.Set these values:

l Specify the Database Port and Database Instance name. For example, typeDefault for the SQL Server Instance name or type the named instance.

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL ServerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL 207

Page 208:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l Specify the mode of authentication used for the SQL Server: SQL Authentication orWindows Authentication

l If using SQL Server authentication, type the username and password for the SQLServer.

l If using Windows authentication, provide the Windows domain, username, andpassword. Use either the local or domain username.

21.Click Test to check connectivity with the SQL Server.

22.Click OK.

23.Click Save.

Confirming report creationAfter you install a SolutionPack, you can view its reports.

To view the reports:

Procedure

1. Go to User Interface > Report Library.

2. Click the SolutionPack to view its reports.

Results

It may take up to an hour to display all relevant information in these reports.

Limitations for Microsoft SQL ServerIf there are connection problems, find out whether SSL (Secure Socket Layer) is enabled.

Microsoft SQL Server is unable to connect to a Microsoft SQL Server that has SSLenabled. This is due to the inherent limitation of the OpenSource JTDS driver used toconnect to the SQL Server.

Troubleshooting

Report display problems

l What to do if data does not appear in reports on page 208

l Running a scheduled task to import data into reports on page 209

l Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log files on page 210

What to do if data does not appear in reports

Procedure

1. Do the following to check the Collector Manager logs:

a. View /opt/APG/Collecting/Collector-Manager/microsoft-sqlserver/logs/collecting-0-0.log.

b. Verify that the last message in the log states that a certain number of raw valueswere collected using 13 SQL queries. This message indicates the collector isworking.

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL ServerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

208 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 209:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

For example: <instance_master> collect done: 2,735 new rawvalues collected in 0 seconds 527 ms using 13 SQL queries

c. Check for any Java exceptions and warning messages.

2. If collector errors exist, do the following:

a. Ping the Microsoft SQL Server using the fully qualified domain name (FQDN).

b. Replace the current user, which is the username and password set duringSolutionPack installation to retrieve data from the Microsoft SQL sever, with a userwith SYSADMIN rights.

c. Use telnet to check if the Microsoft SQL port is accessible from the SQL collectorserver.

d. Reconfigure the SolutionPack by navigating to Centralized Management >SolutionPacks > Microsoft SQL Server.

e. Under SolutionPackBlock, click the pencil next to Collector to reconfigure thesettings.

f. To edit advanced connection settings, you may need to manually edit the SQLcollector configuration file.

3. If no errors exist and the last message in the log indicates that 13 queries wereexecuted, do the following:

a. Wait a minimum of three polling cycles. By default, one polling cycle is fiveminutes.

b. Navigate to Centralized Management > Scheduled Tasks.

c. Under the Backend category, run backend/Default/import_variable_status.task.

d. Refresh the reports after five minutes.

4. Make sure the Frontend is attached to the database used by the SQL collector.

Running a scheduled task to import data into reportsAfter you push a new configuration into a collector, a scheduled task runs and populatesthe reports with new data. You can manually run the scheduled task to import the datamore quickly.

Before you begin

Allow at least three polling cycles to pass before manually running the scheduled task.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Expand Scheduled Tasks.

4. Click Database.

5. Select the import-properties-Default task.

6. Click Run Now.

7. Confirm success in running the task in the Last Result and Last Result Time columns.

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL ServerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Running a scheduled task to import data into reports 209

Page 210:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log filesReview the Collector-Manager log files to troubleshoot problems with data collection.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management > Logical Overview.

3. Expand Collecting.

4. Click the Collector-Manager for your collector instance.

Collector-Manager::<Collector-Manager instance> - <host_ID>

5. Expand Log Files and click the View File icon to review the error messages.

SolutionPack for Microsoft SQL ServerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

210 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 211:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 32

SolutionPack for NetApp Filer

l Overview............................................................................................................. 212l Configuring access credentials............................................................................212l Preparing NetApp Filer for discovery and data collection......................................213l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................213l Supported use cases and limitations...................................................................214

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for NetApp Filer 211

Page 212:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for NetApp Filer enables users to get a deeper understanding of theperformance and storage capacity parameters of NetApp Filer devices through a unifiedmonitoring of NetApp Filer devices distributed in the network.

The SolutionPack generates reports regarding performance and capacity metrics.

Main reports

Raw Capacity UsageProvides the raw capacity usage details such as Configured Usable, RAID Overhead,Unconfigured and Unusable capacity details

NAS File System UsageProvides details about the file system Free & Used capacity

CPU utilizationGlobal utilization of CPU per filer

CIFS Open SessionsLists open CIFS sessions

Storage Systems SummaryDrill-down report that provides key information regarding the NetApps storagesystems including IP addresses, NetApp release, aggregate capacity and total disksavailable

CapacityDrill-down report that provides a complete view of of Aggregate Utilization (Free/Used) Volumes, Deduplication,Disks and Maxfiles report

PerformanceDrill-down report that shows the utilization of CIFS, NFS, CPU, LUNs and Volumes,Network for all NetApp systems

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Configuring access credentials

ViPR SRM communicates with NetApp Filer arrays using the NetApp CLI over SSH.

It requires following:

l SSH connection to the 7-Mode NetApp devices with the following roles: login-ssh, cli-stats*, cli-snap*, cli-aggr*,cli-vol*, cli-disk*, cli-nfs*,cli-cifs* ,cli-df,cli-sysconfig, cli-ifconfig, cli-qtree, cli-quota,cli-storage, cli-maxfiles, cli-echo, cli-lun,cli-fcp

l SSH connection to the C-Mode NetApp devices with the following roles: access level'readonly' for the commands volume, df, lun, storage, statistics, network, vserver,cluster, sleep, snapmirror and access level 'all' for the commands set, system

Verify that you are polling the real filer (not a vFiler).

Note

Ensure your host names are consistent.

SolutionPack for NetApp FilerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

212 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 213:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Preparing NetApp Filer for discovery and data collectionIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for NetApp Filer.

ViPR SRM communicates with NetApp Filer arrays using the NetApp CLI over SSH.

Procedure

1. Identify the IP, username, password, SSH Port no (default is 22), and NetApp FilerMode (7-Mode or C-Mode).

2. Identify the Cluster management IP for C-Mode Filer discovery.

3. Record this information for use when you install the SolutionPack.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l EMC ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

11.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

12.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

13.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

SolutionPack for NetApp FilerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Preparing NetApp Filer for discovery and data collection 213

Page 214:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

14.Select Configure advanced settings to configure polling settings.

15.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

16.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

17.Click Install.

18.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

19.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

20.Click NetApp.

21.Click Add new device.

22.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

23.Click Test to validate the credentials.

24.Click OK.

25.Click Save.

Supported use cases and limitationsTable 9 Supported use cases and limitations

Use case Support (7 mode) Support (C mode)

Discovery Yes Yes

Maps, Path and Connectivity details Yes7 mode to external storage array(VNX & VNXe)

7 mode to VPLEX

7 mode to IBM SVC

YesC-mode topology

Not supported:

External storage array

Global Capacity reports Yes Yes

Explore reports Yes Yes

Chargeback Yes Yes

Performance Yes Yes

Alerting Yes Yes

Compliance No No

SolutionPack for NetApp FilerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

214 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 215:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 9 Supported use cases and limitations (continued)

Use case Support (7 mode) Support (C mode)

Detailed reports for File and Block atSP level

Yes Yes

Qtree and Quota Reports Yes Yes

Limitations in global reportsUsed capacity is the same as the total capacity for Ontap 7.x versions of the followingreports:

l Explore > Storage > More Reports > Service Level Capacity

l Explore > Storage > More Reports > More Storage Inventories > Array by Service Level

In Dashboards > Storage > Enterprise Capacity Dashboard > Usable Capacity > Used forBlock, the OnTap 7.x CLI does not provide LUN used capacity therefore the total capacityis used for computation.

The following global reports/metrics are not applicable:

l In Explore > Storage > More Reports > More Storage Inventories > NAS File Systems,Snapshot Total, Snapshot Used, and Snapshot Utilization are not applicable

l In Explore > Storage > More Reports > Storage Pools, Overhead Capacity is notapplicable in the File Systems/Flex Vols report and Pool Enabled and Pool Overheadare not applicable in the Subscriptions report

l Explore > Storage > More Reports > RAID/Parity Group

l Explore > Storage > More Reports > NAS Pools

In Report Library > NetApp Filer > Storage Systems Summary > 7-Mode > Filer CPUUtilization, the "Uptime" and "System CPU(%)" columns will be empty for OnTap 8.1 orhigher versions that are configured as 7-Mode.

In Dashboards > Storage > Enterprise Capacity Dashboard > Used Capacity by Type andExplore > Storage > More Reports > Enterprise Capacity, the "Used for HDFS" and "Used forObject" metrics are blank for NetApp.

In Explore > Storage > More Reports > More Storage Inventories > NAS File Systems, forfilers running OnTap 8.2, the total capacity of a thin file system will be the same as itsused capacity.

SolutionPack for NetApp FilerDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Supported use cases and limitations 215

Page 216:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for NetApp FilerDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

216 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 217:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 33

SolutionPack for Oracle Database

l Overview............................................................................................................. 218l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................218l Topology for the SolutionPack for Oracle Database..............................................220l Configuring the SolutionPack with an unprivileged account.................................220l Discovery Center requirements............................................................................221l Configuring sudo rights for ASM scripts............................................................... 221l Limitations..........................................................................................................222

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Oracle Database 217

Page 218:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Oracle Database monitors the status and performance of an Oracledatabase.

This SolutionPack specializes in Oracle monitoring and provides a proactive set of reportsthat get right to the heart of any ongoing Oracle capacity and performance issue. TheSolutionPack can be used both by database and storage administrators and comes witha complete monitoring package for databases that includes reports for availability,database and table sizes, cache ratios, and other key metrics. This SolutionPack also hascomplementary features that allow rich KPIs like the End to End view of your OracleDatabase Topology by mixing Oracle database queries and server monitoring. To use thisfeature, EMC recommends installing the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts or theSolutionPack for VMware vCenter (depending on your Oracle setup) along with thecorresponding SolutionPack for the array where Oracle is deployed.

Main reportsEntire Oracle database summary

Detailed database size

Database summary

Instances availability

Cross server KPIs

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l The core modules must be up-to-date on all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l The appropriate JDBC driver jar file must be in the …/APG/Databases/JDBC-Drivers/Default/lib folder. Refer to the support matrix for additional details.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each of the three components. For Oracle ASM deployments,specify the server where the system will install ASM Data Collection. For additionaldetails about the ASM script and configuring ASM, refer to the SolutionPack for OracleDatabase section of the support matrix.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

SolutionPack for Oracle DatabaseDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

218 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 219:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Leave Activate the FailOver-Filter checked.

11.From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Web-Service Gateway.

If you select Add a new Web-Service Gateway, type information about the web-servicegateway.

12.The Topology Service automatically includes the standard settings. You should onlyadd a new Topology Service if your Topology Mapping service is installed in a non-default location.

13.If you select Configure collector advance settings, you have the option of selectingfrom polling periods of 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, and 1 hour. The defaultpolling period is set to 15 minutes. Consult with your database administrator to setthe polling period based on the number of Oracle Database instances that are beingpolled by this particular instance of the collector manager.

14.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

15.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

16.Click Next.

The windows displays ASM Data Collection settings.

17.Specify the default collection level for ASM Data Collection. In this case, the defaultoption is Standard.

18.Click Install.

19.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

20.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

21.Click Add new device.

22.Click Oracle Database.

23.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device, and then enter the hostname or IP address of the host, supplythe login credentials, and specify the appropriate configuration settings.

EMC recommends adding a watch4net user beforehand so that the correct credentialsare added to Oracle Database Devices Management. For details about the requiredgrants, refer to Configuring the SolutionPack with an unprivileged account on page220.

For each Oracle Database instance being polled, it is useful to have the followinginformation on hand before it is added to the Collection devices list:

l Oracle service name

l Oracle instance name (in case of a RAC setup)

l Username (watch4net user)

SolutionPack for Oracle DatabaseDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 219

Page 220:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l Password

l Port

l Server details (Windows or Linux)

l Server details (Physical or VM)

l Oracle setup (ASM or non ASM)

l Oracle setup (RAC or non RAC)

l Oracle version

l RAC version (if installed)

24.Click Test to validate the credentials.

25.Click OK.

26.Click Save.

Topology for the SolutionPack for Oracle DatabaseThe SolutionPack for Oracle Database includes features that allow rich KPIs (like the end-to-end view of your Oracle Database topology) by mixing Oracle database queries andserver monitoring.

The SolutionPack is used to poll the vast majority of metrics through SQL queries againstindividual databases.

To support the end-to-end use-case from Oracle ASM to the backend array LUN, it isnecessary to connect on the OS layer (via ssh or wmi).

Configuring the SolutionPack with an unprivileged account

The collector must connect to each instance of Oracle databases and perform SQLqueries. You can use either an administrator equivalent system account or create adedicated system account for the collector. If you want to create a dedicated systemaccount, ask the DBA administrator to run the following query against everyinstances/RAC cluster. This will create a watch4net account with specific grants for thecollector.

Procedure

1. Create the watch4net user:

create user watch4net identified by <securepassword> default tablespace users temporary tablespace temp;

2. Grant the necessary privileges to the watch4net user by running the following grants:

grant create session to watch4net;grant select on V_$SYSSTAT to watch4net;grant select on v_$filestat to watch4net;grant select on v_$database to watch4net;grant select on dba_data_files to watch4net;grant select on dba_segments to watch4net;grant select on dba_free_space to watch4net;grant select on v_$parameter to watch4net;grant select on v_$sgainfo to watch4net;grant select on v_$rowcache to watch4net;grant select on v_$librarycache to watch4net;

SolutionPack for Oracle DatabaseDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

220 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 221:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

grant select on v_$latch to watch4net;grant select on v_$rollstat to watch4net;grant select on v_$dispatcher to watch4net;grant select on v_$instance to watch4net;grant select on v_$sesstat to watch4net;grant select on v_$statname to watch4net;grant select on v_$session to watch4net;grant select on v_$sess_io to watch4net;grant select on v_$asm_disk to watch4net;grant select on v_$asm_diskgroup to watch4net;grant select on v_$logfile to watch4net;grant select on v_$log to watch4net;grant select on dba_tablespaces to watch4net;grant select on dba_libraries to watch4net;grant select on V_$instance_recovery to watch4net;grant select on V_$SYSTEM_event to watch4net;grant select on V_$PGASTAT to watch4net;grant select on V_$LOCK to watch4net;grant select on v_$lock_type to watch4net;grant select on v_$locked_object to watch4net;grant select on dba_objects to watch4net;grant select on v_$system_wait_class to watch4net;grant select on V_$SYSTEM_event to watch4net;grant select on gv_$sysmetric to watch4net;grant select on v_$sysmetric to watch4net;grant select on V_$version to watch4net;grant select on v_$asm_disk_stat to watch4net;grant select on v_$asm_diskgroup_stat to watch4net;

Results

Your dedicated account is configured.

Discovery Center requirementsUnder Centralized Management > Discovery Center > Devices Management, ensure thatthere is an entry for the same Oracle server under both Oracle Database and HostConfiguration.

The server must be under Host Configuration so the ASM Script (oracle-asm-disk.pl for Linux and ASMDiskDetection.ps1 for Windows) can be pushed to theserver to retrieve the internal Disk/Array WWN information.

Configuring sudo rights for ASM scriptsOn a Linux server, if a non-root user is used in the Discovery Center host configuration,you must create an entry in the /etc/sudoers file so that the oracle-asm-disk.plOracle ASM script can retrieve all the required information.

Procedure

1. Run the following script:

ssh -v user@oracle_server 'cd /home/user/emcsrm ; /usr/bin/perl ./oracle-asm-disk.pl debug=1

The end of the script output contains the recommended settings for configuringthe /etc/sudoers file.

2. Optionally, you can edit the /etc/sudoers file directly with the following lines:

'Defaults:user !requiretty''Defaults:user env_keep += "ORACLE_SID"'

SolutionPack for Oracle DatabaseDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Discovery Center requirements 221

Page 222:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

'user ALL=(root) NOPASSWD: /usr/local/bin/inq -wwn -dev *, /bin/raw -qa, /lib/udev/scsi_id --page\\=0x83 *''user ALL=(oracle) NOPASSWD: /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/bin/asmcmd lsdsk'

3. Replace /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/bin with yourORACLE_HOME to reflect your Oracle install.

Note

If your Linux server does not support the scsi_id command, install the inq application.On Windows, the ASM script will only work for a user with admin rights.

LimitationsThe All > Report Library > Oracle Database > Inventory > List all servers report does notwork on SRM 3.5.x or SRM 3.6.x.

The All > Report Library > Oracle Database > Inventory > List all servers report does notwork on EMC M&R 6.4.x or 6.5.x.

On a Windows server, the ASMDiskDetection.ps1 script must be run using anaccount that belongs to the 'Administrators' group. With non-admin discovery onWindows, reports such as ASM Datafile Distribution and ASM Disks (under DatabaseSummary) will not work.

SolutionPack for Oracle DatabaseDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

222 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 223:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 34

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL Database

l Overview............................................................................................................. 224l Technical Specifications......................................................................................224l Where to find the latest SolutionPack software....................................................224l Installing the SolutionPack .................................................................................225l Confirming report creation...................................................................................225l Troubleshooting ................................................................................................. 226

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL Database 223

Page 224:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewLearn how to install and configure the SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL Database. ThisSolutionPack provides management capabilities typically found in database-centric toolsalong with management support from other technologies. You can measure client activityby reporting on data from your database tier alongside your business logic andpresentation tiers. Both ViPR SRM and Service Assurance Suite use this SolutionPack.

Technical Specifications

SolutionPack version1.0

Compatible EMC M&R versions6.6u1

Supported Oracle MySQL versionsMySQL 5.1

MySQL 5.5

MySQL 5.6

User privilege requirementsThis SolutionPack requires MySQL database user login privileges to collect informationfrom MySQL database servers running remotely.

Data collection methodThe Oracle MySQL SolutionPack's sql-collector queries theinformation_schema.GLOBAL_STATUS table and theinformation_schema.SESSION_VARIABLES table.

Main reportsQuery Cache Volume among all MySQL Databases

Number of SQL queries among all MySQL Databases

Total Current Connection

Database Health and Performance

Connection Health

Memory Health

Slave's Health

Database Performance

Where to find the latest SolutionPack softwareInstall the latest core software update for your product suite. SolutionPacks distributedwith core software have a 30-day free evaluation period. If you plan to use the softwarelonger than 30 days, you must install a SolutionPack license before the trial period ends.

This 30-day free evaluation only applies to new installations and is not available forupgraded installations. If you upgrade the core software and want to try a newSolutionPack, you must request a license for that SolutionPack by completing a Support

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL DatabaseDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

224 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 225:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Request (SR) form, which is available on the EMC Online Support website at http://support.emc.com.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l Determine whether you need a SolutionPack license file by checking the featurenames and expiration dates listed in Centralized Management > LicenseManagement. If the license is not listed, obtain one by completing a Support Request(SR) form, which you can find on the EMC Online Support website at http://support.emc.com.

l Make sure the core modules, such as the Module-Manager, are up-to-date on allservers since not all module dependencies are validated during the SolutionPackinstallation. See the EMC M&R (Watch4net) Installation and Configuration Guideprovides for more information.

Procedure

1. Log in to Centralized Management.

2. Select SOLUTIONPACK CENTER.

3. Select the SolutionPack for MySQL Database in the Browse and Install SolutionPacksscreen.

4. Read the summary information and click Install.

5. Edit the default instance name, oracle-mysql-database, and click Next.

6. Set these values for the MySQL database server:

l Database hostname or IP address

l Database port

l Please select the credentials

7. If you have multiple instances of the Oracle MySQL database servers in yourconfiguration, click + to name each server and set the values shown in the previousstep.

8. Select Administration Web-Service Instance as the default and click Install.

9. When a checkmark appears next to the Collector and the Report, click OK.

10.Select Centralized Management > SolutionPack to verify the installed SolutionPack.

Confirming report creationAfter you install a SolutionPack, you can view its reports.

To view the reports:

Procedure

1. Go to User Interface > Report Library.

2. Click the SolutionPack to view its reports.

Results

It may take up to an hour to display all relevant information in these reports.

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL DatabaseDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 225

Page 226:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Troubleshooting

Report display problems

l What to do if data does not appear in any reports on page 226

l What to do if data does not appear in some reports on page 227

l Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log files on page 210

What to do if data does not appear in any reports

Procedure

1. After the completion of at least three collection cycles, verify if data is populating intothe reports.

2. On the Device Discovery Dashboard, verify that all icons are green.

3. To view the log files for errors, go to Centralized Management and click Collecting >Collector-Manager::<instance name> > Log Files.

4. Log in to your MySQL database and verify data is being written to the MySQL databaseserver. Look specifically at the data_property, data_variable, and all cachetables:

select * from data_property;select * from data_variable;select * from <cache-table-name>;

5. In the MySQL database, verify the user has the required login permissions to the localand remote MySQL servers being monitored by the SolutionPack. If not, follow thesesteps to create credentials for the user:

a. Navigate to bin/mysql/ -u root -p <rootUserPassword> -P<mysqlServerPort>

b. Type the following commands to create the credentials:

use mysql;CREATE USER 'testuser'@'%'IDENTIFIED BY 'watch4net';GRANT ALL ON *.* TO 'testuser'@'%';

c. Use these user credentials to log in to the local and remote MySQL databaseservers from the SolutionPack.

Running a scheduled task to import data into reportsAfter you push a new configuration into a collector, a scheduled task runs and populatesthe reports with new data. You can manually run the scheduled task to import the datamore quickly.

Before you begin

Allow at least three polling cycles to pass before manually running the scheduled task.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL DatabaseDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

226 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 227:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Expand Scheduled Tasks.

4. Click Database.

5. Select the import-properties-Default task.

6. Click Run Now.

7. Confirm success in running the task in the Last Result and Last Result Time columns.

What to do if data does not appear in some reports

Procedure

1. Run the scheduled task to import data into reports. If there is still no data in thereports, continue to step 2.

2. Search for the metric in the database.

3. To view the log files for errors, go to Centralized Management and click LogicalOverview > Collecting > Collector-Manager::<instance name> > Log Files.

Searching for metrics in the Oracle MySQL databaseYou can verify that a metric is being collected and used for reporting when you searchand find the metric in the database.

Procedure

1. Go to the Administration page.

2. Under Modules, click Management of Database Modules.

3. On the Metric Selection page, create the filter.

For example, to list the key_reads (the number of physical reads of a key block fromdisk to the MyISAM cache), type source=='MySQL-Collector'&&name=='key_reads' in the Filter field.

4. Click Query.

A list of the metric results appears. If nothing displays, the metric is not beingcollected.

Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log filesReview the Collector-Manager log files to troubleshoot problems with data collection.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management > Logical Overview.

3. Expand Collecting.

4. Click the Collector-Manager for your collector instance.

Collector-Manager::<Collector-Manager instance> - <host_ID>

5. Expand Log Files and click the View File icon to review the error messages.

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL DatabaseDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

What to do if data does not appear in some reports 227

Page 228:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Oracle MySQL DatabaseDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

228 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 229:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 35

SolutionPack for Physical Hosts

l Overview............................................................................................................. 230l Preparing your hosts for discovery and data collection........................................ 230l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................250l Adding hosts as part of groups in Discovery Center............................................. 251l SolutionPack reconfiguration.............................................................................. 252l Recommendations.............................................................................................. 253l Limitations..........................................................................................................253

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Physical Hosts 229

Page 230:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Physical Hosts enables you to monitor and generate real-time andhistorical reports on the performance of physical hosts.

The SolutionPack gives better insight into parameters such as capacity and utilizationassociated with an inventory of File Systems, Volume Groups, and Disks (local andremote).

Main reportsHost Information and details

File Systems, Volume Management summary report

Internal and SAN Disk Capacity Reports

Service level for LUNs mapped to host file systems

Performance metrics for host devices namely CPU, Memory, Disks

Native Multipathing and Powerpath reports

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing your hosts for discovery and data collectionYou need to configure your hosts to support resource discovery and data collection.

ViPR SRM uses the md5sum utility to verify the checksum of files on the target hosts andcompare them to the files on the collector before pushing scripts and binaries to thehost. The md5sum binary must be installed on the hosts, and the PATH environmentvariable must contain the location to the md5sum binary.

Refer to the following sections for additional details about configuring your hosts:

l Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection on page 231

l Unix host configuration for discovery and data collection on page 242

l Configuring ESX hosts to collect PowerPath metrics on page 249

Guidelines for hostnames and IP addressesYou have to follow these guidelines to ensure a successful host discovery and datacollection.

l The host names are in Domain Name Server (DNS) format with fully qualified domainname (FQDN).

l IP addresses are registered with the appropriate domain name servers and resolve fora reverse DNS lookup.

Guidelines for SNIA libraries and HBA driversIn order to discover SNIA-qualified HBA-related information for all the host platforms youshould ensure the right versions of SNIA library, drivers and firmware are in place.

l Ensure you have EMC-supported host bus adapter (HBA) drivers and firmware. EMCViPR SRM Support Matrix provides information for the supported SNIA compliantversion of the HBA driver.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

230 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 231:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

l HBA Model and the compatible driver versions qualified by EMC can also be verifiedon https://support.emc.com > Product and Support Tools > Elab InteroperabilityNavigator. The vendor websites also list the EMC compatible drivers

l The vendor-specific SNIA libraries must be installed on the target host.

l The HBA model number and part number should be verified before updating thehosts with SNIA libraries for HBA.

l You can install the SNIA library as part of HBA driver installation package or install thelatest version of HBAnywhere (for Emulex installations) or SAN Surfer (for Qlogicinstallation).To discover an HP-UX host with a multi-port Fibre Channel card, the packageCommonIO bundle 0812(Dec 2008) or later should be present on the host to obtainthe updated FC-SNIA file set. INQ is dependent on binaries from CommonIO bundle.

Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection

Software to preinstall on hosts

l Install Powershell 2.0 or later on Windows hosts. Powershell can be downloaded from http://support.microsoft.com/kb/968929/en-us. User should have permissions toexecute powershell scripts. To provide permissions to execute scripts, type onpowershell terminal: Set-ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned

Preinstall the following software on hosts using Windows 2003:

l Fcinfo is required to fetch HBA information. fcinfo.exe can be downloaded fromhttp://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?displaylang=en&id=17530. Use the latest version of fcinfo and the defaultinstall location recommended by Windows.

l INQ 7.6.2 needs to be made available on the host. Platform specific INQ can bedownloaded from: ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/symm3000/inquiry/v7.6.2/The downloaded platform specific binary should be renamed to inq and placed in anyone of the below specified locations:

n C:\inq.exen C:\temp\inq.exen C:\windows\Temp\nl_dwd\inq.exeINQ binary should have executable permissions on the host.

User permissions required to be configured in ViPR SRMThe user credentials required for successful host discovery would be as follows:

l Local administrator

l Domain user who is part of administrator's group

l Non-admin user

A non-admin user is identified by ViPR SRM as a service account user or domain user whois neither a part of the Administrator group or domain Administrators group.Types of discovery allowed by different privilege levels on page 232

Configurations to be performed on the hostHosts should be pre-configured with certain WSMAN settings. These settings are requiredto prepare Windows hosts for ViPR SRM discovery of objects using WinRM services.

Configure one of the following listeners:

l WinRM HTTP listener with the following configuration:

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection 231

Page 232:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

n Negotiate authentication mode set to true.

n AllowUnencrypted be set to true

n Firewall exception added for port 5985

l WinRM HTTPS listener with following configuration:

n Negotiate authentication mode set to true

n A certificate needs to be generated and placed in personal store.Generating a .pfx certificate on page 240

n Firewall exception added for port 5986.

These changes can be accomplished via two methods:

l Host Configuration utility - To be run on each host.Using the HostConfiguration Utility on page 235

l Group policy configuration - To be run on domain servers.Generating a .pfx certificate on page 240

Types of discovery allowed by different privilege levels

In this topic, the term "non-admin user" is a service account user or domain user who isnot part of the Administrators group on a Windows host.

The following table applies to Windows 2003, 2008, and 2012:

Table 10 Allowed discovery types

Data in reports Non-Adminuser

Local Admin user

Discovery of hostnames, IP

Supported Supported

MPIO/Powerpath Notsupported

Supported

Device Details/Attributes

Supported Supported

HBA Details Supported Supported

End to endreports - Maps

Supported Supported

Path Details &Connectivity

Supported Supported

File Systems toDisks

Notsupported

Supported

SystemPerformance

Supported Supported

DisksPerformance

Supported Supported

FileSystemUsage

Supported Supported

VolumeGroups Supported Supported

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

232 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 233:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Table 10 Allowed discovery types (continued)

Data in reports Non-Adminuser

Local Admin user

Internal & SANDisks

Notsupported

Supported

Chargeback byPhysical host

Supported Supported

Chargeback reports for non-admin users is supported on VMAX, VNX, VNXe and XtremIOarray devices. Refer to the release notes for any limitations on third-party array LUNsmasked to Windows hosts.

Customizing a WinRM URL prefix

Before you begin

EMC supports use of a custom WinRM URL prefix. You can change the URL prefix from thedefault "wsman" to any other, by using following command on the target host.

Procedure

1. Type the following command:

For Use

Non-SSL communication winrm set winrm/config/listener?Address=*+Transport=HTTP @ {URLPrefix="EMC"}

SSL-based communication winrm set winrm/config/listener?Address=*+Transport=HTTPS @{URLPrefix="EMC"}

2. In the default installation path /opt/APG/Collecting/Collector-Manager/Generic-RSC/conf), add and commit the following line in module.properties:apg.remote.shell.winrm.path=<URL prefix>"/EMC" is an example of a user-defined WinRm URL prefix.

Prerequisites for discovering a Windows host using non-admin user credentials

To prepare Windows hosts for discovery, you can configure privileges in these ways:

l Provide the option -user nonadmin as an input to the Host Configuration utility

l Manually

The following checklist summarizes the configuration changes required on Windowshosts:

1. WinRM configuration settings:

a. Adding a non-admin user to a group on page 234

b. Retrieving the SID of a non-admin user on page 234

c. Adding a non-admin SID to root SDDL on page 234

2. Enabling WMI permissions for the non-admin user on page 235

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection 233

Page 234:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

3. Restarting WinRM and WMI services on page 235

If you decide to use Host Configuration utility, the script performs these operations on thehost.

l For Windows 2003 hosts the Host configuration utility sets the WinRM changes. Youmust manually configure the WMI permissions.Enabling WMI permissions for the non-admin user on page 235

l For Windows 2008 and Windows 2012, the Host Configuration utility sets bothWinRM and WMI configurations.

These procedures are only available in ViPR SRM 3.5.1.

Adding a non-admin user to a group

Before you begin

l On a Windows 2003 host, the non-admin user should be part of the following groups:

n TelnetClients

n Performance Monitor Users

n Performance Log Users

n Distributed COM Users

On a Windows 2008/2012 host a non-admin user should be part of the following groups:

l Performance Monitor Users

l Performance Log Users

l Add non-admin users to the group WinRMRemoteWMIUsers__ . If that group does notexist, add the user to Distributed COM Users group.

Procedure

1. Go to Start.

2. Right-click Computer name and click Manage.

3. On the Computer management window, click Local Users and Groups.

4. Right-click the non-admin user and select Properties.

5. Select the MemberOf tab.

6. Click the Add button and key in the group name.

7. Click Ok, then click Apply.

8. Repeat these steps to add Performance Monitor Users, Performance Log Users andTelnetClients.

9. click Ok

Retrieving the SID of a non-admin user

Procedure

1. Run the command wmic useraccount get name,sid at a command prompt.

2. From the output of the command, capture the SID of the non-admin user.

Adding a non-admin SID to root SDDL

Procedure

1. Open a command prompt.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

234 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 235:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

2. Type the following command to add the SID.

winrm set winrm/config/service @{RootSDDL="O:NSG:BAD:P(A;;GA;;;BA)(A;;GA;;;<non-admin-sid>)S:P(AU;FA;GA;;;WD)(AU;SA;GWGX;;;WD)"}

Replace <non-admin-sid> in this command with the SID you obtained.

Enabling WMI permissions for the non-admin user

Procedure

1. Go to Start.

2. Right click Computer name and click Manage.

3. On the Computer management window, expand Services and Applications.

4. Select WMI Control.

5. Right click WMI Control and select properties.

6. Click Security.

7. Select Root and click the Security button.

8. Add the non-admin user (hostname\non-admin-username) and click ok.

9. Select the check boxes for Enable Account, Read Security, and Remote Enable.

10.Click Advanced > edit on non-admin user > Apply onto > This namespace andsubnamespaces.

11.Click Ok, click Apply, and click Ok.

Restarting WinRM and WMI services

Procedure

1. Go to Start > Run.

2. Type the command services.msc.

3. Right click Windows Remote Management and click start.

In case the services are already running, click restart.

Using the HostConfiguration Utility

The host configuration utility is packaged along with SolutionPack for Physical Hosts. It isavailable <APG Home Directory/Collecting/Remote Shell Collector/Generic-RSC/scripts/windows>The script verifies and performs the following actions:

l Ensures that the WINRM service is running

l Creates a listener port for accepting WS-MAN requests

l Adds firewall exceptions to open port 5985 as non-SSL and 5986 as SSL

l Sets Basic or Negotiate authentication mode, based on input argument to script (-authType <Authentication_type>), to true.

l Sets AllowUnencrypted to true.

l Sets MaxTimeout value to 300000 ms.

l Checks whether fcinfo package is present on the host, if Windows 2003

l Verifies the presence of INQ on the host and checks its version, if Windows 2003

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection 235

Page 236:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Usage./hostconfig-srm.ps1 <-verify | -set | -set -force> [-authType<authentication_type>] [-ssl [-thumbprint <thumbprint_value>][-CN <certificate_hostname>]] [-user <username>][-help]

Table 11 Host Configuration utility command options

Options Description

-help Displays the help menu of the script.

-verify Verifies current settings on the Windows host.

-set Configures settings on the Windows host.

-set -force Changes configuration settings without promptingthe user. The -force option must be used with the -set option.

-authType authentication-type Provide this option to set the authentication type forWS-MAN to Negotiate or Basic.

-ssl Configures and verifies the SSL certificate specificsettings on the host for WS-MAN discovery with SSL.

-thumbprint thumbprint_value Configures the SSL certificate with the specifiedthumbprint_value on the host. This option must beused only with the -ssl option.

-certhostname certificate_hostname Configures the SSL certificate with the specifiedcertificate_hostname value on the host. This optionmust be used only with the -ssl option.

-user username Configures the host to enable discovery using thenon-admin username provided.

Example 2 Examples

The following screens show how to perform actions with the Host Configuration Utility.

l Verify whether host is ready for discovery with HTTP using Negotiate authtype onWindows 2003:

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

236 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 237:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Example 2 Examples (continued)

Figure 2 Verify that the host is ready for discovery with HTTP

l Set Negotiate authtype for a successful discovery with HTTP on Windows 2008:Figure 3 Set Negotiate authtype

l Verify whether the host is ready for a successful discovery with HTTPS on Windows2008:

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection 237

Page 238:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Example 2 Examples (continued)

Figure 4 Verify that the host is ready for discovery with HTTPS

l Set Basic authtype for a successful discovery with HTTPS on Windows 2008, withoutprompting the user:

Figure 5 Set Negotiate authtype

l Set non-admin user on Windows 2008:Figure 6 Set non-admin user

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

238 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 239:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Example 2 Examples (continued)

Configuring group policyUse a group policy if you do not want to set the configuration on each and every host(either manually or using a script). The group policy lets you apply a set of configurationsacross a set of hosts. You have to configure the group policy so that it can be appliedacross hosts as required.

Procedure

1. Right-click Computer and select Manage.

2. Go to Features > Group Policy Management > Forest Domain name > Domains > DomainName > Default Domain Policy.

3. Right-click Default Domain Policy and select Edit.

The group policy editor appears.

4. Select Default Domain Policy > Computer Configuration > Policies > AdministrativeTemplates > Windows Components > Windows Remote Management.

5. Modify the following parameters as required:

l Enable Allow automatic configuration of listeners.

l Enable Allow Negotiate Authentication (for domain user).

l Enable AllowUnencrypted.

l Add Windows Firewall exception for Port 5985 - HTTP

l Add Windows Firewall exception for Port 5986 - HTTPS

Note

HTTPS listener configuration is not possible from Group Policy.

Configuring firewall port exception using group policyUsing group policy, you have to configure firewall port exception if you are not usingdefault ports.

Procedure

1. Click Computer.

2. Go to Computer Configurations > Policies > Windows Settings > Windows Firewall withAdvanced Security > Inbound Rules

3. Create a new inbound rule

This enables the WinRM communication.

Updating group policyIf you update the group policy on a domain controller, the changes are reflected on thecomputers that are part of the domain in approximately 90-120 minutes. Use thisprocedure to force update the group policy on the member computers.

Procedure

1. You can use any of the options for force update of group policy:

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection 239

Page 240:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Option Comment

Run the command gpupdate/force on allthe member computers.

This command results in a fetch operationfor the group policy

This command has to be run on allthe hosts and hence maybecumbersome.

Change the Group Policy Refresh Interval inthe Group Policy Management editor underComputer Configuration > AdministrativeTemplates > System > Group Policy

Minimum possible time is 7 minutes.

Reducing refresh interval is notrecommended as it increases theload on the network.

Generating a certificateWinRM HTTPS requires a local computer server authentication certificate or self-signedcertificate with a CN name installed on the host. The certificates should not have expiredor been revoked.

Perform the following to create certificates:

Procedure

1. Generate a .pfx certificate on page 240

2. Exporting the .pfx certificate on page 241

3. Importing the .pfx certificate on page 241

4. Generate a .cer file on page 241

5. Import the .cer file on page 241

Generating a .pfx certificate

You can generate the required certificate using any certificate generator. This proceduredemonstrates generating a certificate using makecert.

Procedure

1. From the command prompt, run C:\>makecert.exe -ss MY -srLocalMachine -n "CN=<certificatename>" -sky exchange -pe -a sha1 -eku 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1This creates a certificate under the personal store. Use the following steps to verify thecertificate created using makecert.

2. On a Windows host, click Start > Run.

3. Type mmc and click OK.

The Console window appears.

4. Click File > Add/Remove Snap-in.

5. Select Certificates under Available snap-ins and click Add.

6. Select Computer account.

7. Click Finish.

8. Click OK in the Add or Remove snap ins window.

9. On the left pane, double click Certificates (Local Computer) > Personal > Certificates.

10.On the right pane double click the certificate listed.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

240 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 241:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

11.Navigate to Details tab. Select Subject to get the CN Name and Thumbprint to get theThumbprint of the certificate.

Note the CN Name and Thumbprint value, which will be used later while creating aWSMAN listener for HTTPS.

Exporting the .pfx certificate

To use the same certificate on multiple hosts, the generated certificate has to beimported on other hosts.

Procedure

1. On a Windows host, click Start > Run.

2. Type mmc and click OK.

3. In the Console window, click Certificates (local Computer) > Personal > Certificates.

4. Double-click Certificates.

5. Under Details, click Copy to File.

6. In the Certificate Export Wizard select Yes, export the private key. and click Next.

7. Select Include all certificates in the certification path if possible and click Next.

8. Type a password for the private key.

This password is used when you import this certificate on other hosts.

9. Type a filename and save the .pfx file.

Importing the .pfx certificate

You have to import the .pfx on other hosts if you want to use the same certificate onmultiple hosts.

Before you begin

The .pfx certificate must be copied on the host where it is to be imported.

Procedure

1. On a Windows host, click Start > Run.

2. Type mmc and click OK.

3. In the Console window, click Certificates (Local Computer) > Personal > Certificates

4. Right-click and select All Tasks > Import.

5. In the browse window, select the .pfx certificate and click OK.

Generating a .cer file

The .cer file is created from a .pfx certificate with only a public key, which is used alongwith the private key for a successful handshake between the client and server.

Procedure

1. Go to Start > Run > mmc > Certificates (Local Computer) > Personal > Certificates

2. Double-click Certificates.

3. Under Details, click Copy to File.

4. Select No, do not export the private keys.

5. Selecting the Encoding type as DER or Base-64, and click Next.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Windows host configuration for discovery and data collection 241

Page 242:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

6. Type a file name and click Save.

Importing a .cer file

You have to import the .cer file on the collector host to enable a successful handshakebetween the server and the client.

Procedure

1. Copy the .cer file on the collector host.

2. Log in to the collector.

3. Run the command /opt/APG/Java/Sun-JRE/6.0u45/bin/keytool -import -file <Public_Certificate_File> -keystore /opt/APG/Java/Sun-JRE/6.0u45/lib/security/cacerts -alias <Name>

The command prompts for keystore’s password. The default password is changeit.

A sample output returned by the command:

Owner: CN=<CN Name>Issuer: CN=Root AgencySerial number: 522200243f029a894c741bcb83d58a5dValid from: Tue Dec 10 11:59:03 EST 2013 until: Sat Dec 3118:59:59 EST 2039Certificate fingerprints:MD5: 99:2A:6E:DC:CD:D7:7E:7D:07:C3:E2:8A:8F:E1:BB:DDSHA1:17:29:F4:45:99:AE:DC:C5:08:C6:73:D4:CF:A6:BE:7E:79:48:50:76Signature algorithm name: SHA1withRSAVersion: 3Extensions:#1: ObjectId: 2.5.29.1 Criticality=false#2: ObjectId: 2.5.29.37 Criticality=falseExtendedKeyUsages [serverAuth]Trust this certificate? [no]: yes

Unix host configuration for discovery and data collectionViPR SRM supports discovery of several Unix variants. Each Unix environment requiressome configuration for ViPR SRM to collect data consistently.

Software to preinstall on Unix hosts for discoveryThe following software must be installed on Unix hosts for successful ViPR SRMdiscovery:

l INQ binary (an EMC command line executable). You can acquire INQ in the followingways:

n The SolutionPack for Physical Hosts is packaged with the INQ binary for each OSvariant. Users can allow ViPR SRM to push INQ to the user's HOME directory duringdiscovery from ViPR SRM. No action is needed from the user.

n Pre-install INQ at a user-specified location on the host at a location provided toViPR SRM during SolutionPack installation.INQ 7.6.2 needs to be made available on the host. Platform specific INQ can bedownloaded from: ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/symm3000/inquiry/v7.6.2/The downloaded platform-specific binary should be renamed to inq and placed inany user-defined location. The location where the INQ binary is placed must beprovided to ViPR SRM during installation of the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

242 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 243:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Note: The INQ binary should have executable permissions on the host.

l System Activity Report (SAR)This tool is used by ViPR SRM to collect performance metrics from hosts. Identify thecompatible version of SAR (corresponding to the OS) and install the software onhosts required for discovery. The SolutionPack for Physical Hosts does not packagethe SAR utility.

Prepare Unix hosts for discoveryUnix hosts can be discovered in the following ways:

l Password based discovery using a root or non-root user. You can configure non-rootusers via sudo or PowerBrokerConfiguring sudo for host discovery on page 243

Configuring PowerBroker for host discovery on page 245

l SSH public-private key pair based discoveryGenerating a public and private key pair on page 184

Note: Generic RSC Windows VMs can discover Unix hosts. Credentials for Unix hostsshould be configured in the Discovery Center UI. See Installing the SolutionPack onpage 250 for details about configuring hosts in discovery center.

Configuring sudo for host discoveryDue to security constraints, ViPR SRM must be able to discover Linux and UNIX hosts in adata center even with non-root credentials. SUDO is a tool on UNIX hosts that cantemporarily elevate a user’s credentials. Administrators can add specific commands inthe sudoers file to enable ViPR SRM to execute those commands and collect hostinformation.

Before you begin

Supported sudo versionsLinux Fedora distribution: sudo-1.8.6 and above

Other operating systems: any version of sudo

Procedure

1. Include the path of sudo command in the environment variable $PATH for the sudouser.

The variable $PATH can be set either in /etc/environment or /etc/default/login or any other OS specific file.

2. Include the paths of OS commands in the environment variable $PATH for sudo user.

By default, most of the command files have the following location: /usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin

3. Verify that the $PATH is correct.

a. Log in as sudo user

b. Type which sudo.

4. Ensure that the sudoers file is available.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Unix host configuration for discovery and data collection 243

Page 244:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

By default, the sudoers file is available in /etc or /opt/sfw/etc/ or /usr/local/etc/sudoers

5. Add the following line to the defaults section of the sudoers file:

Defaults !requiretty #for all usersor

Defaults : SRMADMIN !requiretty #for a specific user

6. For AIX hosts, if inq gives partial information, add the following line:

Defaults env_keep += "ODMDIR"7. Ensure that the sudo user has root privilege to run the following commands on a given

host.

Ensure the absolute path to the packages are provided in sudoers file.

It is recommended to use visudo to edit sudoers file.

Some packages are not installed by default.

AIXsar, inq, powermt, vxdisk, swap, kdb (kdb is only for VIO Clients)

Linuxsar, inq, powermt, vxdisk, dmidecode, lvdisplay, pvs, vgs, multipath

HPUXsar, inq, powermt, vxdisk, /opt/sfm/bin/CIMUtil (CIMUtil is allowed only in ViPRSRM 3.5.1 or higher)

Solarissar, inq, powermt, vxdisk, mpstat

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

244 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 245:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Figure 7 Sample sudoers file for Linux OS

Configuring PowerBroker for host discoveryPowerBroker for UNIX & Linux allows system administrators to delegate UNIX and Linuxprivileges and authorization without disclosing passwords for root or other accounts.Administrators can add specific commands in the configuration/policy files to enableViPR SRM to execute those commands and collect host information.

Procedure

1. Include the path of the pbrun command in the environment variable $PATH for thepowerbroker submit/run host.

2. Include the paths of the OS commands in the environment variable $PATH for thepbrun user. By default, most of the command files have the following location:

/usr/local/:sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin

3. Verify that the $PATH is correct.

a. Log in to the submit/run host.

4. Type "which pbrun".

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Unix host configuration for discovery and data collection 245

Page 246:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

5. The configuration/policy files exist on the master host and they must include thepbrun user name and the associated commands for host discovery. The followingscreenshot displays the policy files for a configuration in which the master/submit/run host is on the same host:

In this screenshot, the RootUsers variable includes "cmguser", which is the submituser (the ViPR SRM user used for discovering the host details) and the RootProgsvariable includes the various commands required by ViPR SRM to discover the host.Note that the commands mentioned in the section about configuring sudo apply hereas well.

Generating a public and private key pairFor the SSH key method of discovering UNIX hosts, you must generate a valid public andprivate key pair. You can choose any key generation tool to generate a valid public andprivate key pair.

Before you begin

Before you begin host discovery, you must have a public key present on all the UNIXhosts that are to be discovered using the private key. You can create SSH keys in any Unixenvironment and import them onto the ViPR SRM collector. EMC recommends that youcreate public-private SSH keys on ViPR SRM collectors (Linux VMs) where host discoverywill be initiated.

These steps describe the procedure to generate a public and private key pair for UNIXhosts using the ssh-keygen tool.

Note

The public key is to be added to the authorized_keys file on the target hosts intended fordiscovery and the private key is to be imported to the collector VMs where discovery istriggered.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

246 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 247:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Procedure

1. A Public-Private key can be generated using the following command:

ssh-keygen -t rsa -f <location_of_the_private_key/name_of_private_key_file> -N ""For example: ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /root/.ssh/id_rsa -N ””

2. Ensure that the public and private key pair that is generated has the followingpermissions:

l chmod 600 /root/.ssh/id_rsal chmod 644 /root/.ssh/id_rsa.pub

The private key file is id_rsa.

The public key file is id_rsa.pub.

3. To make the key pair functional, append the public key to <user's homedirectory>/.ssh/authorized_keys in the target UNIX host using the commandcat <location_of_the_public_key/name_of_public_key_file> >> /<user's homedirectory>/.ssh/authorized_keysFor example: cat /root/.ssh/id_rsa.pub >> /<user's homedirectory>/.ssh/authorized_keys

Next, import the private key to the Collector used for discovery.

Importing a private key into the Collector

Procedure

1. Place the generated private key in the RSC conf folder /opt/APG/Collecting/Stream-Collector/<instance_of_collector>/conf

2. Type chown apg:apg <private_key_file>

This command changes the owner.

The host is now ready for successful data collection.

Configuring SSH authenticationModify the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file on SLES 11 SP3 to allow successful sshauthentication.

Procedure

1. Change the following value to yes:

#PasswordAuthentication no <--- original#PasswordAuthentication yes <--- modified

Tunneled clear text passwords are disabled.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Unix host configuration for discovery and data collection 247

Page 248:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Configuring ESX hosts to collect PowerPath metricsThis procedure describes how to configure ESX hosts to collect PowerPath metrics.

Before you begin

l Ensure that PowerPath/VE remote CLI (rpowermt) is installed on the host and enableperformance collection by running the rpowermt set perfmon={on[interval=<#seconds>] | off} host=HOST_FQDN command.The EMC ViPR SRM Support Matrix provides more information on supported PowerPathversions.

l Register ESX and enable performance for reporting.Refer to the Powerpath /Ve or RTOOLS documentation about how to register an ESXserver and enable performance.

l Configure the host where RTOOLS resides in generic-RSC based on the operatingsystem type (ESX-LINUX or ESX-Windows).

You can discover ESX and VMs running on the ESX server using the SolutionPack forVMware vCenter. However, the vCenter API does not provide all PowerPath metrics.Therefore, if you want PowerPath metrics, you need to provide the IP addresses of theRTOOLS host (physical host or VM) in addition to discovering the VMs using theSolutionPack for VMware vCenter. Depending on whether the RTOOL host is running onWindows or Linux OS, you have to configure the generic-rsc collector with OS type as ESXWindows or ESX Linux, respectively, to collect PowerPath metrics.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

248 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 249:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Figure 8 ESX PowerPath metrics collection

Procedure

1. Create a lockbox.

2. Update host username and password in the lockbox.

The PowerPath/VE for VMware vSphere Installation and Administration Guideprovides detailed description of performing the above steps.

PowerPath reports can also be accessed from Explore View > Host > StorageConnectivity.

PowerPath reports are available for the SolutionPack for IBM LPAR.

3. In Host configuration under Device Management, add one of the following options forthe RTOOLS host:

l ESX Linux if the RTOOL application is running on a physical host or VM runningLinux.

l ESX Windows if the RTOOL application is running on a physical host or VM runningWindows.

Configuring hosts to collect PowerPath metricsProvides information about configuring host to collect PowerPath metrics.

To collect PowerPath metrics, do the following:

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Configuring hosts to collect PowerPath metrics 249

Page 250:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Procedure

1. Install PowerPath CLI (powermt) on the host.

2. Enable performance collection by running the powermt set perfmon={on[interval=<#seconds>] | off} command.

Note

The EMC ViPR SRM Support Matrix provides more information on supported PowerPathversions.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l Core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all module dependenciesare validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l For non-admin users, the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts will report anauthentication error during discovery if the user is not part of the remote admin usersgroup. To avoid this issue, add non-admin users to the WinrMRemoteWMIUsers__group. If that group does not exist, add non-admin users to the DCOM group on theWindows host.

The steps below assume a typical four server deployment: Primary Backend, AdditionalBackend, Collector, and Front End.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. If desired, select Enable the Host PowerPath Alerts.

10.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

11.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

12.Click Next.

The window displays script settings.

13.Select the performance metrics that you want to collect. Click Use advanced settingsto configure the absolute paths of the binaries.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

250 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 251:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

14.Click Install.

15.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

16.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

17.Click Host configuration.

These steps describe how to add hosts individually. For information about usingdiscovery groups to use the same credentials to discover multiple hosts, refer to the"Adding new devices" topic in the online help.

18.Click Add new device.

19.Select the server and collector instance where you want to store the configurationdetails for this device.

20.Enter the hostname and OS type.

21.From the Authentication Type drop-down menu, select:

l Password based if you are using password based authentication.

l Public key based if you are using key-based authentication.

22.Provide the username (root or sudo user).

23.If you are using password based authentication, provide the password for the host.

24.If you are using key-based authentication, provide the absolute location of the privatekey:

/opt/APG/Collecting/Stream-Collector/<instance_of_collector>/conf/<Name of private key>

25.Type the network port.

26.Click Test to validate the credentials.

27.Click OK.

28.Click Save.

29.Add a new device for each host that will be discovered.

Adding hosts as part of groups in Discovery CenterLearn how to add hosts as part of groups in Discovery Center.

Procedure

1. From Centralized Management, click Discovery Center > Discovery Center Backends.

2. Select the Backend server.

3. Click Register.

4. Select the server you want to use for discovering the hosts.

5. Click OK.

6. Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

7. Click Host Configuration.

8. Click the Discovery Groups tab.

9. Click Add new Discovery group.

10.Provide a name for the group and click OK.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Adding hosts as part of groups in Discovery Center 251

Page 252:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

11.Click the newly created group.

12.Under Credentials, click Add new entry.

13.Type the username.

14.Select the authentication type.

15.If you are using password authentication, provide the password and click OK.

16.If you are using key-based authentication, provide the absolute location of the privatekey and click OK.

17.Repeat the previous five steps to add as many username/password (or key)combinations as you would like.

18.Under Hostname or IP address, click Add new entry.

19.Provide the Hostname/IP Address of the host and Network Port and click OK.

20.Repeat the previous two steps to add as many hosts as you would like.

21.Click Save.

22.Click the Collected Devices tab.

23.Click Discover.

24.Select the Discovery group and Discovery Mode and click OK.

The progress bar is displayed above the Collected Devices tab.

25.When the progress bar is gone, click Discovery Results.

26.Click the group name that you added.

27.Under the group name, you can see the status of all the hosts that you added.

28.Click Import to Collected Devices.

29.Merge the devices if you want to retain older hosts that were added previously.

30.Click OK.

31.Select the action and click Continue.

32.Click Save.

All the hosts have been added to discovery

Review your hosts and credentials to avoid lockout of hosts due to multiple attemptsof incorrect credentials. EMC recommends that you create groups in such a way thathosts have a minimal set of credentials to be tried against. EMC recommends usingcommon public-private key pairs for multiple hosts.

SolutionPack reconfiguration

If you want to change the answers that were provided during the SolutionPackinstallation, you can change them by reconfiguring the SolutionPack.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Under Centralized Management, click SolutionPacks > IndependentSolutionPackBlocks and select the required instance.

The SolutionPack Reconfiguration dialog box appears.

3. Change the configuration as desired.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

252 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 253:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

4. Click Reconfigure.

Recommendationsl Do not discover the same host using agentless discovery and agent-based discovery.

Simultaneous discovery results in duplicate data collection. If you switch fromagentless discovery to agent-based discovery (or vice versa), the metrics collectedfrom the previous discovery mechanism become inactive.

LimitationsLearn about the limitations that apply to the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts.

l For non-admin users on Windows hosts, if the array connected to the host is notdiscovered, the report at All > Explore > Hosts > hostname > Device Summary > hostname> Path Details & Storage Connectivity > Path Details will show the name of the HBA inthe Host Device column.

l If the array and host are discovered, the report will show the name of the HBA in theHost Device column after initial discovery of the host. After 36 hours, the row showingthe HBA name for Host Device will not be shown in the report.

l After upgrading to ViPR SRM 3.6, each Windows host under the Physical Host reportsis listed twice (once in uppercase and once in lowercase). After 36 hours, only thelowercase name is listed. Historical trends for performance and capacity metrics ofthe host device reported with uppercase hostname will not be available after upgradeto 3.6.1. In addition, the metrics associated with the uppercase hostname willbecome inactive, and they will remain inactive in the database until it is cleaned upby the database scripts.

l This SolutionPack does not identify LUNs from the Hitachi AMS200 array.

l Due to the unavailability of WWN using in-band SCSI mechanisms accessible to thehosts, the software cannot match the LUNs associated with an array to the disks fromthe hosts.

l On a Linux host, when sudo is not configured properly for commands like"dmidecode," or "dmidecode" does not return proper output, the property keys andvalues fetched from the host by Remote Shell Collector are swapped and the PropertyStore is corrupted. Refer to Knowledgebase article 000198621 for complete details.

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Recommendations 253

Page 254:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Physical HostsDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

254 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 255:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 36

SolutionPack for Storage Compliance

l Overview............................................................................................................. 256l Where to find the latest SolutionPack software....................................................256l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................256

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for Storage Compliance 255

Page 256:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for Storage Compliance allows users to manage compliance policiesand rules and perform ESM matching. It also generates breach, track configurationchanges, and policy reports. This enables the identification of any deviation fromconfiguration best practices, including items that do not comply with the EMC ViPR SRMRelease Notes. The compliance reports can be found under Operations > StorageCompliance. The Policy & Rule Management and ESM management screen can belaunched by clicking on the Storage Compliance link in the Administration screen.

Main reportsBreach Report

Track Configuration Changes

View Policies

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Where to find the latest SolutionPack softwareInstall the latest core software update for your product suite. SolutionPacks distributedwith core software have a 30-day free evaluation period. If you plan to use the softwarelonger than 30 days, you must install a SolutionPack license before the trial period ends.

This 30-day free evaluation only applies to new installations and is not available forupgraded installations. If you upgrade the core software and want to try a newSolutionPack, you must request a license for that SolutionPack by completing a SupportRequest (SR) form, which is available on the EMC Online Support website at http://support.emc.com.

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l EMC M&R will use SSH and a user account.

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

l If you are installing on a Windows host, stop the process jucheck.exe. This is aJava JRE update validator and uses the same port as the SolutionPack.

l Do not install multiple instances of the Storage Compliance Backend because thesame port would be used for each installation. This will lead to service startup failure.

l Alerting backend service should be available during installation; otherwise alertingdefinition will not be created. The SolutionPack for Storage Compliance createsalerting definition for notifying mentioned users with email alerts for breaches/violations.

l Though the Compliance service comes up immediately, do not run ESM rules as theSolutionPack installation also populates the database with ESM data, for ESM rulevalidation, which takes some time to get the database populated (approximately 3-5minutes).

SolutionPack for Storage ComplianceDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

256 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 257:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays compliance notification details.

9. Select an item in Breach Notification Details. If you select Add a new BreachNotification Details, select an instance to receive breach notifications.

10.Click Next.

11.From Frontend Web service, select the Frontend host details.

12.Select a Topology Service. To add a new gateway configuration, select Add a newTopology Service.

13.Select a configuration for Breach Notification Details.

Reuse the answers if another solution pack is using Alerting backend. Otherwisecreate a new configuration by selecting Add a new Breach Notification Details. In theAlerting Backend hostname or IP address, type the Primary Backend host. Type 2010as the port.

14.Select a configuration for Alert Consolidation Details.

Reuse the answers if another solution pack is using Alert Consolidation Details.Otherwise create a new configuration by selecting Add a new Alert ConsolidationDetails. In the Alert Consolidation hostname field, type the Primary Backend host.Type 2040 as the port.

If SOM RCA installation needs to be done, the alert consolidation configuration isrequired. For more details, refer to the "How to" article for SOM.

15.Click Next.

16.From Administration Web-Service Instance, select Default.

17.In Compliance Backend Host, for 4 VM installations, enter the Primary Backend host.

18.Click Next.

19.Click Install.

20.After Install of all the compliance components, click Ok.

After installation is complete, you need to restart the Tomcat for Compliance Frontendto point to the configured Backend. If the Web Service password is changed, then theCompliance Backend block needs to be reconfigured.

SolutionPack for Storage ComplianceDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 257

Page 258:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for Storage ComplianceDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

258 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 259:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 37

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdom

l Overview............................................................................................................. 260l Preparing VI VirtualWisdom.................................................................................260l Installing the SolutionPack..................................................................................262

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdom 259

Page 260:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdom accesses key performance and availabilitymetrics, including individual transactional performance from host to LUN, host to LUNoverview, link level aggregated metrics for throughput and errors, and a link levelinventory for impact assessment.

Main reports

PerformanceRead and write exchange completion time, number of completed reads and writes

HealthLink errors (LOS, LOSync, BadEOF, CVErrors, LinkResets, CRCErrors) SCSI Errors(Aborts, BadStatusFrames)

UtilisationAggregate storage link utilisation, individual initiator to LUN utilisation

Optional metricsRead and writes frame count, read and write payload sizes

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Preparing VI VirtualWisdomIdentify the information required to support resource discovery and data collection beforeinstalling the SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdom and perform any necessary pre-configuration.

ViPR SRMcollects VirtualWisdom data using proxy software installed on theVirtualWisdom Portal Server. Download and install the proxy software on theVirtualWisdom Portal Server

Procedure

1. Obtain the proxy installation package using Virtual Instruments customer credentialsfrom their SFDC portal, or from ftp.virtualinstruments.com. The package is located inthe CURRENT directory.

2. Copy the installation package to the VirtualWisdom server.

3. Unzip the package into a suitable temporary directory.

4. Stop the VirtualWisdom service.

5. Open a command prompt.

Note

You may need to run as Administrator to allow files to be copied.

6. Navigate to the temporary directory where the proxy is unzipped and run theinstall.bat script.

7. Enter the VirtualWisdom installation path.

8. Restart the VirtualWisdom service.

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdomDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

260 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 261:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Results

You do not need to perform any addtional configuration of the proxy which runs as part ofthe standard VirtualWisdom.

After you finish

Create a VirtualWisdom user account dedicated for access by the SolutionPack for VIVirtualWisdom. When you install the SolutionPack, you will provide these credentialswhich are then stored on the Collector host in:APG/Collecting/XML-Collector/vi-virtualwisdom/conf/VI-proxyRequest.xml.

Connecting to multiple VirtualWisdom Portal ServersIf you have more than one VirtualWisdom Portal Server, you can combine data frommultiple Portal Servers. The data will populate the same reports.

Before you begin

Install and configure the proxy software on each VirtualWisdom Portal Server.

Use this configuration to collect the same metrics from all Portal Servers using the samefrequency (poll cycle) and credentials. Each host will be polled in the sequence youspecify in the configuration file.

Procedure

1. On the Collector host, navigate to APG/Collecting/XML-Collector/vi-virtualwisdom and open the VI-collector.xml file.

2. Add one or more Portal Server hosts to the configuration file by typing the additionalhost IP addresses.

<input>http://(host):8080/Proxy</input>

<host>ip_address</host> <host>ip_address</host> <parameter name="connect-type"> <value>any</value> </parameter>

3. If the VirtualWisdom WebServices port numbers are different for each Portal Serverhost, you can remove the port number from the <input> line and append the uniqueport numbers to the host address. For example:

<input>http://(host)/Proxy</input>

<host>ip_address:port</host> <host>ip_address:port</host> <parameter name="connect-type"> <value>any</value> </parameter>

4. Restart the VirtualWisdom collector by restarting its Collector Manager. Use one of thefollowing methods:

l APG/bin/manage-modules service restart collector-manager<instance-name>

l Start/stop the collector manager from Centralised Management.

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdomDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Connecting to multiple VirtualWisdom Portal Servers 261

Page 262:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Installing the SolutionPack

Before you begin

l EMC ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

9. From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

10.Leave Enable alerting on data collected checked.

11.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

12.In theServer Name field, type the VirtualWisdom Portal Server host.

13.In theServer Port field, type the port for the webservices proxy. The default is 8080.The value is configured in the virtualwisdom.properties file in theVirtualWisdom installation directory on the VirtualWisdom Portal Server.

14.In theUsername and Password fields, type the credentials used for authenticationwith the proxy.

15.Click Enable advanced settings to configure polling and collection settings.

16.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

17.In Administration Web-Service Instance, select an existing instance or create acustom instance.

18.Click Install.

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdomDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

262 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 263:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

19.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdomDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing the SolutionPack 263

Page 264:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for VI VirtualWisdomDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

264 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 265:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 38

SolutionPack for VMware vCenter

l Overview............................................................................................................. 266l Configuring the SolutionPack to collect Powerpath data...................................... 266l Installing this SolutionPack.................................................................................267l Post-install requirements.................................................................................... 269l Limitations..........................................................................................................269

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

SolutionPack for VMware vCenter 265

Page 266:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

OverviewThe SolutionPack for VMware vCenter generates real-time and historical reports that helpyou understand VMware performance for VMware Hosts, Virtual Machines, virtualnetworks and DataStores.

Main reportsvCenter datacenter overview

Detailed datastore information

Detailed Virtual Machines, both running and offline

Supported collection interfacesFor information about supported collection interfaces, refer to the ViPR SRM SupportMatrix.

Configuring the SolutionPack to collect Powerpath dataThis procedure is required to collect PowerPath data from ESX servers.

For monitoring PowerPath performance and path status, an RTools host is required.RTools is the remote CLI software for managing the PowerPath software on ESXi (or other)hosts. The ViPR SRM Collector will use the Generic-RSC Collector to issue RToolscommand scripts to the RTools host to collect PowerPath data directly from the ESXiservers.

Procedure

1. Add the host name and credential of every ESXi host to the RTools default lockbox.Since ViPR SRM does not know the ESXi credentials, ViPR SRM commands will fail ifthe lockbox is not populated.

The first use of the command creates the lockbox if necessary.

2. The RTools host has to be discovered by the ViPR SRM Generic-RSC Collector. Discoverit through the SolutionPack for Physical Hosts using the ESX Linux or the ESX Windowshost type. Choose the Linux or Windows type appropriate for the RTools host so thatthe collector can issue the correct format scripts.

3. Create the default lockbox on RTools Host and add ESXi hostname credentials:

rpowermt setup add_host host= username= password=4. Turn on performance monitoring on ESXi host from Rtools (if needed):

rpowermt set perfmon=on interval= host=5. For PASSWORD based discovery Suse Linux hosts from SRM 3.0 RSC, it requires edits

to the sshd_config file. Note this file is located under /etc/ssh directory on discoveryhosts. You must enable "PasswordAuthentication" and restart sshd service on thehost.

lglah196:~/.ssh # grep Password /etc/ssh/sshd_config#PasswordAuthentication no #PermitEmptyPasswords nolglah196:~ # /etc/init.d/sshd restart Shutting down SSHdaemon done Starting SSH daemon donelglah196:~ #

SolutionPack for VMware vCenterDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

266 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 267:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Installing this SolutionPack

Before you begin

l ViPR SRM core modules must be up-to-date in all servers because not all moduledependencies are validated during the SolutionPack installation or update process.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Click SolutionPack Center.

4. Select the SolutionPack in the Browse and Install SolutionPacks window.

5. Click Install.

6. Type the instance name.

7. Assign a server for each component.

In a typical four server deployment, the recommended servers are selectedautomatically.

8. Click Next.

The window displays a note about Alert Consolidation.

9. Click Next.

The window displays pre-configured alert details.

10.To receive alerts, select Enable the Host PowerPath Alerts.

11.In Recipient for email alerts, enter the email addresses in which to send the alerts.

12.Click Next.

The window displays data collection details.

13.From the Data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new data collection.

If you select Add a new data collection, type information about the data collection. InHostname or IP address to send data to, use localhost on port 2020, which is theCollector host where the Load Balancer Connector is installed.

14.Leave Enable alerting on data collected checked.

15.From the Alerting on data collection drop-down menu, select existing settings thathave been specified for other components, or select Add a new alerting datacollection.

If you select Add a new alerting on data collection, type information about the alertingconfiguration. In Alerting Backend hostname or IP address, specify the PrimaryBackend host.

16.From the Frontend Web service drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add a new Frontend Web service.

If you select Add a new Frontend Web service, type information about the FrontendWeb service.

17.Leave Enable Topology Backend on data collected checked.

18.From the Topology Service drop-down menu, select existing settings that have beenspecified for other components, or select Add a new Topology Service.

SolutionPack for VMware vCenterDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Installing this SolutionPack 267

Page 268:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

If you select Add a new Topology service, provide information about the topologyservice and the web service. In Topology Service hostname or IP address, specify thePrimary Backend.

From the Web-Service Gateway drop-down menu, select existing settings that havebeen specified for other components, or select Add new gateway. If you select Addnew gateway, provide information about the web-service gateway where the topologyservice resides.

19.Optionally, select Do you want to configure advanced settings to configure the metriccollection level, polling intervals, collection thread settings, and the re-synch interval.

a. In Metric Collect Level, select the level of metrics you want the SolutionPack tocollect per VMware collector block. The Metric Collect Level is an internal ViPR SRMsetting that tells the SolutionPack for VMware vCenter how much data to collect.This setting is not related to vCenter statistics levels.

Collect-Level 1 collects the minimum required metrics related to capacity,topology, memory, and CPU.

Collect-Level 2 collects all metrics supported by Collect-Level 1 and additionally allmetrics related to disks and memory.

Collect-Level 3 collects all supported metrics, which includes metrics collectedunder Collect-Level 1 and Collect-Level 2.

b. In Polling interval for VMware vCenter collection, select a polling interval.

c. In Polling interval for VM files only, select a polling interval.

d. In Number of collecting threads, enter the number of collection threads.

e. In Number of collecting threads for VM files, enter the number of collectionthreads.

f. In Re-Sync interval, select an interval.

20.Click Next.

21.From Event database, select a database.

If you select Add a new Event Database, add the Primary Backend host in theDatabase hostname or IP address field.

22.Click Next.

The window displays reports settings.

23.Click Next.

24.Select Collect performance metrics for PowerPath Bus to collect performance metricsfor all the logical Bus managed by PowerPath agent.

25.Select Collect performance metrics for PowerPath LUNs to collect performancemetrics for all the logical devices managed by PowerPath agent.

26.Select Collect PowerPath range-bound performance metrics to collect range-boundperformance metrics. Selecting this option increases metric count significantly. Besure to correctly size your application before enabling this option.

27.Select Do you want to configure advanced settings to set the absolute path locationof the sudo and pbrun binaries.

28.Click Install.

29.Click Ok. Monitor the installation logs to ensure that the installation completessuccessfully.

SolutionPack for VMware vCenterDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

268 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 269:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

30.Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

31.Click VMware vCenter.

32.Click Add new device.

33.From Server, select the server where the device will be dispatched.

34.From Instance, select the instance of the vmware-vcenter-collect where the device willbe dispatched.

35.In Hostname or IP address, type the vCenter service host. Enter the Username andPassword used to poll vCenter.

36.Click Ok.

37.Click Save.

Post-install requirementsPerform these operations after the installation is complete.

To enable PowerPath LUN or Path performance data collection on Linux, navigate to theAPG/Collecting/Remote-Shell-Collector/<Instance Name>/scriptsdirectory.

Procedure

1. In the LunMappingDetection.pl script, setwant_powerpath_lun_performance=1.

By default, this flag is set to zero.

2. To enable the PowerPath LUN or Path performance data collection on Windows:

a. Navigate to the C:\Program Files\APG\Collecting\Remote-Shell-Collector\<Instance Name>\scripts\windows directory.

b. In the LunMappingDetection.ps1 script, setpowerPathPerformanceCollection=enabled.

By default, this flag is set to disabled.

3. To enable events reporting, open the Web-Application configuration file (APG.xml)and uncomment the vmware-vcenter section and the ResourceLink tag.

4. Restart the Tomcat service to make the changes effective.

LimitationsThe Host Attributes report is missing the IP Address for VMware vCenter.

SolutionPack for VMware vCenterDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Post-install requirements 269

Page 270:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

SolutionPack for VMware vCenterDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

270 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 271:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 39

Discovery Center

l Adding devices to discovery groups.................................................................... 272

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Discovery Center 271

Page 272:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Adding devices to discovery groupsDiscovery groups simplify the process of working with a large number of devices and theircorresponding IP addresses/hostnames and discovery credentials. For example, if youhave set of four user/password credentials used among twenty devices, using adiscovery group allows you to enter each set of credentials and all of the IP addresses/hostnames, and the discovery group will match the correct credentials to each device

Procedure

1. From Centralized Management, click Discovery Center > Discovery Center Backends.

2. Select the Backend server.

3. Click Register.

4. Select the collector you want to use for discovering the hosts.

5. Click Register.

6. Click Discovery Center > Devices Management.

7. Click <Device Name>.

8. Click the Discovery Groups tab.

9. Click Add new Discovery group.

10.Provide a name for the group and click OK.

11.Click the newly created group.

12.Under Credentials, click Add new entry.

13.Type the username.

14.If required, select the authentication type.

15.If you are using password authentication, provide the password and click OK.

16.If you are using key-based authentication, provide the absolute location of the privatekey and click OK.

17.Repeat the previous five steps to add as many username/password (or key)combinations as you would like.

18.Under Hostname or IP address, click Add new entry.

19.Provide the Hostname/IP Address of the device. If required, provide the Network Port.Click OK.

20.Repeat the previous two steps to add as many devices as you would like.

21.Click Save.

22.Click the Collected Devices tab.

23.Click Discover.

24.Select the Discovery group and Discovery Mode and click OK.

The progress bar is displayed above the Collected Devices tab.

25.When the progress bar is gone, click theDiscovery Results tab.

26.Click the group name that you added.

27.Under the group name, you can see the status of all the devices that you added.

28.Click Import to Collected Devices.

29.Merge the devices if you want to retain older devices that were added previously.

Discovery CenterDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

272 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 273:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

30.Click OK.

31.Select the action and click Continue.

32.Click Save.

All of the devices have been added to discovery

Review your devices and credentials to avoid lockout of devices due to multipleattempts of incorrect credentials. EMC recommends that you create groups in such away that devices have a minimal set of credentials to be tried against. EMCrecommends using common public-private key pairs for multiple devices.

Discovery CenterDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Adding devices to discovery groups 273

Page 274:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Discovery CenterDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

274 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 275:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

CHAPTER 40

Troubleshooting

l Confirming report creation...................................................................................276l What to do if data does not appear in any reports................................................276l What to do if data does not appear in some reports.............................................276l External storage capacity is counted more than once in capacity reports............. 277l Authorization fails for passwords having special characters................................ 277l Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log files................................... 277

DRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Troubleshooting 275

Page 276:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

Confirming report creationAfter you install a SolutionPack, you can view its reports.

To view the reports:

Procedure

1. Go to User Interface > Report Library.

2. Click the SolutionPack to view its reports.

Results

It may take up to an hour to display all relevant information in these reports.

What to do if data does not appear in any reportsProcedure

1. After the completion of at least three collection cycles, verify if data is populating intothe reports. If there is still no data in the reports, continue to the next step.

2. Run the scheduled task to import data into reports. If there is still no data in thereports, continue to the next step.

3. To view the log files for errors, go to Centralized Management and click LogicalOverview > Collecting > Collector-Manager::<instance name> > Log Files.

Running a scheduled task to import data into reportsAfter you push a new configuration into a collector, a scheduled task runs and populatesthe reports with new data. You can manually run the scheduled task to import the datamore quickly.

Before you begin

Allow at least three polling cycles to pass before manually running the scheduled task.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management.

3. Expand Scheduled Tasks.

4. Click Database.

5. Select the import-properties-Default task.

6. Click Run Now.

7. Confirm success in running the task in the Last Result and Last Result Time columns.

What to do if data does not appear in some reportsProcedure

1. Run the scheduled task to import data into reports. If there is still no data in thereports, continue to step 2.

2. Search for the metric in the database.

TroubleshootingDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

276 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide

Page 277:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

3. To view the log files for errors, go to Centralized Management and click LogicalOverview > Collecting > Collector-Manager::<instance name> > Log Files.

Searching for metrics in the databaseYou can verify that a metric is being collected and used for reporting when you searchand find the metric in the database.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Under Modules, click Management of Database Metrics.

3. On the Metric Selection page, create the filter, type the number of results, and selectthe properties to display for the metric.

For example, to list up to 100 results of the Capacity metric with the properties ofdevice and IP, type name=='Capacity' in the Filter field, 100 in the Maximum resultsfield, and select device and IP for the Properties to show.

4. Click Query.

A list of the metric results appears. If nothing displays, the metric is not beingcollected.

External storage capacity is counted more than once in capacityreports

Enterprise capacities for a storage array include any external array capacity or FederatedTier Storage (FTS) Capacity.

To avoid double counting of external storage capacity in the enterprise capacity reports,do not discover the external storage array.

Authorization fails for passwords having special charactersPasswords for ViPR SRM users with the following characters are not supported: "?(~ ' | { }$%^&*()_+)

Viewing collector errors in the Collector-Manager log filesReview the Collector-Manager log files to troubleshoot problems with data collection.

Procedure

1. Click Administration .

2. Click Centralized Management > Logical Overview.

3. Expand Collecting.

4. Click the Collector-Manager for your collector instance.

Collector-Manager::<Collector-Manager instance> - <host_ID>

5. Expand Log Files and click the View File icon to review the error messages.

TroubleshootingDRAFT EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Searching for metrics in the database 277

Page 278:  · 11 13 15 Getting started 17 What are SolutionPacks?...............................................................................18 Licenses

TroubleshootingDRAFTEMC CONFIDENTIAL

278 EMC ViPR SRM 3.7 SolutionPack Installation and Configuration Guide